1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis 11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction 12 // variables in loops. 13 // 14 // There are several aspects to this library. First is the representation of 15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class. 16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we 17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so 18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal. 19 // 20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even 21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node). If 22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial 23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we 24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node. 25 // 26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also 27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a 28 // particular expression. These folders are capable of using a variety of 29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions. 30 // 31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting 32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various 33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc. 34 // 35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement 36 // dependence analysis! 37 // 38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 39 // 40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis. 41 // 42 // Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation 43 // of closed-form functions 44 // Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima 45 // 46 // On computational properties of chains of recurrences 47 // Eugene V. Zima 48 // 49 // Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization 50 // Robert A. van Engelen 51 // 52 // Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers 53 // Robert A. van Engelen 54 // 55 // Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and 56 // induction variable substitution 57 // MS Thesis, Johnie Birch 58 // 59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 60 61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" 62 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 63 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 64 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 65 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" 66 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" 67 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" 68 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" 69 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" 70 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h" 71 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" 72 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h" 73 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" 74 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 75 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" 76 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" 77 #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" 78 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" 79 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" 80 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h" 81 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" 82 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" 83 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" 84 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" 85 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" 86 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" 87 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 88 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 89 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 90 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h" 91 #include <algorithm> 92 using namespace llvm; 93 94 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution" 95 96 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts, 97 "Number of trip counts computed with array length"); 98 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed, 99 "Number of loops with predictable loop counts"); 100 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed, 101 "Number of loops without predictable loop counts"); 102 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed, 103 "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force"); 104 105 static cl::opt<unsigned> 106 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden, 107 cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will " 108 "symbolically execute a constant " 109 "derived loop"), 110 cl::init(100)); 111 112 // FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean. 113 static cl::opt<bool> 114 VerifySCEV("verify-scev", 115 cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)")); 116 117 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution", 118 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 119 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) 120 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfo) 121 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) 122 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfo) 123 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution", 124 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 125 char ScalarEvolution::ID = 0; 126 127 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 128 // SCEV class definitions 129 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 130 131 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 132 // Implementation of the SCEV class. 133 // 134 135 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) 136 void SCEV::dump() const { 137 print(dbgs()); 138 dbgs() << '\n'; 139 } 140 #endif 141 142 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const { 143 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) { 144 case scConstant: 145 cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 146 return; 147 case scTruncate: { 148 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this); 149 const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand(); 150 OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 151 << *Trunc->getType() << ")"; 152 return; 153 } 154 case scZeroExtend: { 155 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this); 156 const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand(); 157 OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 158 << *ZExt->getType() << ")"; 159 return; 160 } 161 case scSignExtend: { 162 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this); 163 const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand(); 164 OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 165 << *SExt->getType() << ")"; 166 return; 167 } 168 case scAddRecExpr: { 169 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this); 170 OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0); 171 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 172 OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i); 173 OS << "}<"; 174 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 175 OS << "nuw><"; 176 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 177 OS << "nsw><"; 178 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) && 179 !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW))) 180 OS << "nw><"; 181 AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 182 OS << ">"; 183 return; 184 } 185 case scAddExpr: 186 case scMulExpr: 187 case scUMaxExpr: 188 case scSMaxExpr: { 189 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this); 190 const char *OpStr = nullptr; 191 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 192 case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break; 193 case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break; 194 case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break; 195 case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break; 196 } 197 OS << "("; 198 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 199 I != E; ++I) { 200 OS << **I; 201 if (std::next(I) != E) 202 OS << OpStr; 203 } 204 OS << ")"; 205 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 206 case scAddExpr: 207 case scMulExpr: 208 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 209 OS << "<nuw>"; 210 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 211 OS << "<nsw>"; 212 } 213 return; 214 } 215 case scUDivExpr: { 216 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this); 217 OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")"; 218 return; 219 } 220 case scUnknown: { 221 const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this); 222 Type *AllocTy; 223 if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) { 224 OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 225 return; 226 } 227 if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) { 228 OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 229 return; 230 } 231 232 Type *CTy; 233 Constant *FieldNo; 234 if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) { 235 OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", "; 236 FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false); 237 OS << ")"; 238 return; 239 } 240 241 // Otherwise just print it normally. 242 U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 243 return; 244 } 245 case scCouldNotCompute: 246 OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***"; 247 return; 248 } 249 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 250 } 251 252 Type *SCEV::getType() const { 253 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) { 254 case scConstant: 255 return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType(); 256 case scTruncate: 257 case scZeroExtend: 258 case scSignExtend: 259 return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType(); 260 case scAddRecExpr: 261 case scMulExpr: 262 case scUMaxExpr: 263 case scSMaxExpr: 264 return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType(); 265 case scAddExpr: 266 return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType(); 267 case scUDivExpr: 268 return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType(); 269 case scUnknown: 270 return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType(); 271 case scCouldNotCompute: 272 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 273 } 274 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 275 } 276 277 bool SCEV::isZero() const { 278 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 279 return SC->getValue()->isZero(); 280 return false; 281 } 282 283 bool SCEV::isOne() const { 284 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 285 return SC->getValue()->isOne(); 286 return false; 287 } 288 289 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const { 290 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 291 return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue(); 292 return false; 293 } 294 295 /// isNonConstantNegative - Return true if the specified scev is negated, but 296 /// not a constant. 297 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const { 298 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this); 299 if (!Mul) return false; 300 301 // If there is a constant factor, it will be first. 302 const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)); 303 if (!SC) return false; 304 305 // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V). 306 return SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 307 } 308 309 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() : 310 SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {} 311 312 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) { 313 return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute; 314 } 315 316 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) { 317 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 318 ID.AddInteger(scConstant); 319 ID.AddPointer(V); 320 void *IP = nullptr; 321 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 322 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V); 323 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 324 return S; 325 } 326 327 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) { 328 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val)); 329 } 330 331 const SCEV * 332 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) { 333 IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty)); 334 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned)); 335 } 336 337 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 338 unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 339 : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {} 340 341 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 342 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 343 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) { 344 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 345 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 346 "Cannot truncate non-integer value!"); 347 } 348 349 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 350 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 351 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) { 352 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 353 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 354 "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!"); 355 } 356 357 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 358 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 359 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) { 360 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 361 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 362 "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!"); 363 } 364 365 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() { 366 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 367 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 368 369 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 370 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 371 372 // Release the value. 373 setValPtr(nullptr); 374 } 375 376 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) { 377 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 378 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 379 380 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 381 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 382 383 // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed 384 // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to 385 // this SCEVUnknown. 386 setValPtr(New); 387 } 388 389 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 390 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 391 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 392 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 393 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 394 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 395 CE->getNumOperands() == 2) 396 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1))) 397 if (CI->isOne()) { 398 AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType()) 399 ->getElementType(); 400 return true; 401 } 402 403 return false; 404 } 405 406 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 407 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 408 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 409 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 410 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 411 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) { 412 Type *Ty = 413 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 414 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) 415 if (!STy->isPacked() && 416 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 417 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 418 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2))) 419 if (CI->isOne() && 420 STy->getNumElements() == 2 && 421 STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) { 422 AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1); 423 return true; 424 } 425 } 426 } 427 428 return false; 429 } 430 431 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const { 432 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 433 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 434 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 435 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 436 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 437 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 438 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 439 Type *Ty = 440 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 441 // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't 442 // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors. 443 if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) { 444 CTy = Ty; 445 FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2); 446 return true; 447 } 448 } 449 450 return false; 451 } 452 453 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 454 // SCEV Utilities 455 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 456 457 namespace { 458 /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less 459 /// than the complexity of the RHS. This comparator is used to canonicalize 460 /// expressions. 461 class SCEVComplexityCompare { 462 const LoopInfo *const LI; 463 public: 464 explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {} 465 466 // Return true or false if LHS is less than, or at least RHS, respectively. 467 bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 468 return compare(LHS, RHS) < 0; 469 } 470 471 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or 472 // greater than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive 473 // comparisons to be more efficient. 474 int compare(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 475 // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check. 476 if (LHS == RHS) 477 return 0; 478 479 // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType(). 480 unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType(); 481 if (LType != RType) 482 return (int)LType - (int)RType; 483 484 // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering 485 // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent, 486 // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions. 487 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) { 488 case scUnknown: { 489 const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS); 490 const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS); 491 492 // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is 493 // not as complete as it could be. 494 const Value *LV = LU->getValue(), *RV = RU->getValue(); 495 496 // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander 497 // form GEPs. 498 bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(), 499 RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy(); 500 if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer) 501 return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer; 502 503 // Compare getValueID values. 504 unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), 505 RID = RV->getValueID(); 506 if (LID != RID) 507 return (int)LID - (int)RID; 508 509 // Sort arguments by their position. 510 if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) { 511 const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RV); 512 unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo(); 513 return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo; 514 } 515 516 // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand 517 // count. This is pretty loose. 518 if (const Instruction *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) { 519 const Instruction *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV); 520 521 // Compare loop depths. 522 const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(), 523 *RParent = RInst->getParent(); 524 if (LParent != RParent) { 525 unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent), 526 RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent); 527 if (LDepth != RDepth) 528 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 529 } 530 531 // Compare the number of operands. 532 unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(), 533 RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands(); 534 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 535 } 536 537 return 0; 538 } 539 540 case scConstant: { 541 const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS); 542 const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS); 543 544 // Compare constant values. 545 const APInt &LA = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 546 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 547 unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth(); 548 if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth) 549 return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth; 550 return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1; 551 } 552 553 case scAddRecExpr: { 554 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 555 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 556 557 // Compare addrec loop depths. 558 const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop(); 559 if (LLoop != RLoop) { 560 unsigned LDepth = LLoop->getLoopDepth(), 561 RDepth = RLoop->getLoopDepth(); 562 if (LDepth != RDepth) 563 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 564 } 565 566 // Addrec complexity grows with operand count. 567 unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands(); 568 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 569 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 570 571 // Lexicographically compare. 572 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 573 long X = compare(LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i)); 574 if (X != 0) 575 return X; 576 } 577 578 return 0; 579 } 580 581 case scAddExpr: 582 case scMulExpr: 583 case scSMaxExpr: 584 case scUMaxExpr: { 585 const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS); 586 const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS); 587 588 // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions. 589 unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands(); 590 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 591 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 592 593 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 594 if (i >= RNumOps) 595 return 1; 596 long X = compare(LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i)); 597 if (X != 0) 598 return X; 599 } 600 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 601 } 602 603 case scUDivExpr: { 604 const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS); 605 const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS); 606 607 // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions. 608 long X = compare(LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS()); 609 if (X != 0) 610 return X; 611 return compare(LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS()); 612 } 613 614 case scTruncate: 615 case scZeroExtend: 616 case scSignExtend: { 617 const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS); 618 const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS); 619 620 // Compare cast expressions by operand. 621 return compare(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand()); 622 } 623 624 case scCouldNotCompute: 625 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 626 } 627 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 628 } 629 }; 630 } 631 632 /// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their 633 /// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value. 634 /// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are 635 /// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing. 636 /// 637 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic 638 /// results from this routine. In other words, we don't want the results of 639 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to 640 /// land in memory. 641 /// 642 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 643 LoopInfo *LI) { 644 if (Ops.size() < 2) return; // Noop 645 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 646 // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple. 647 // Special case it. 648 const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1]; 649 if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(RHS, LHS)) 650 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 651 return; 652 } 653 654 // Do the rough sort by complexity. 655 std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)); 656 657 // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same 658 // complexity. Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to 659 // be extremely short in practice. Note that we take this approach because we 660 // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping. 661 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) { 662 const SCEV *S = Ops[i]; 663 unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType(); 664 665 // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this 666 // one, group them. 667 for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) { 668 if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate. 669 // Move it to immediately after i'th element. 670 std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]); 671 ++i; // no need to rescan it. 672 if (i == e-2) return; // Done! 673 } 674 } 675 } 676 } 677 678 namespace { 679 struct FindSCEVSize { 680 int Size; 681 FindSCEVSize() : Size(0) {} 682 683 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 684 ++Size; 685 // Keep looking at all operands of S. 686 return true; 687 } 688 bool isDone() const { 689 return false; 690 } 691 }; 692 } 693 694 // Returns the size of the SCEV S. 695 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) { 696 FindSCEVSize F; 697 SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F); 698 ST.visitAll(S); 699 return F.Size; 700 } 701 702 namespace { 703 704 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> { 705 public: 706 // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by 707 // Denominator. 708 static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator, 709 const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient, 710 const SCEV **Remainder) { 711 assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV"); 712 713 SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator); 714 715 // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the 716 // rest of the code. 717 if (Numerator == Denominator) { 718 *Quotient = D.One; 719 *Remainder = D.Zero; 720 return; 721 } 722 723 if (Numerator->isZero()) { 724 *Quotient = D.Zero; 725 *Remainder = D.Zero; 726 return; 727 } 728 729 // Split the Denominator when it is a product. 730 if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<const SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) { 731 const SCEV *Q, *R; 732 *Quotient = Numerator; 733 for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) { 734 divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R); 735 *Quotient = Q; 736 737 // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of 738 // the Denominator. 739 if (!R->isZero()) { 740 *Quotient = D.Zero; 741 *Remainder = Numerator; 742 return; 743 } 744 } 745 *Remainder = D.Zero; 746 return; 747 } 748 749 D.visit(Numerator); 750 *Quotient = D.Quotient; 751 *Remainder = D.Remainder; 752 } 753 754 // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide 755 // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation. 756 void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {} 757 void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {} 758 void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {} 759 void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {} 760 void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {} 761 void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {} 762 void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {} 763 void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {} 764 765 void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) { 766 if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) { 767 APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getValue()->getValue(); 768 APInt DenominatorVal = D->getValue()->getValue(); 769 uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(); 770 uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth(); 771 772 if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW) 773 DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW); 774 else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW) 775 NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW); 776 777 APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0); 778 APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0); 779 APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal); 780 Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal); 781 Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal); 782 return; 783 } 784 } 785 786 void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) { 787 const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR; 788 assert(Numerator->isAffine() && "Numerator should be affine"); 789 divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR); 790 divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR); 791 Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(), 792 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags()); 793 Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(), 794 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags()); 795 } 796 797 void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) { 798 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs; 799 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 800 801 for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) { 802 const SCEV *Q, *R; 803 divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R); 804 805 // Bail out if types do not match. 806 if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType()) { 807 Quotient = Zero; 808 Remainder = Numerator; 809 return; 810 } 811 812 Qs.push_back(Q); 813 Rs.push_back(R); 814 } 815 816 if (Qs.size() == 1) { 817 Quotient = Qs[0]; 818 Remainder = Rs[0]; 819 return; 820 } 821 822 Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs); 823 Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs); 824 } 825 826 void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) { 827 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs; 828 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 829 830 bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false; 831 for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) { 832 // Bail out if types do not match. 833 if (Ty != Op->getType()) { 834 Quotient = Zero; 835 Remainder = Numerator; 836 return; 837 } 838 839 if (FoundDenominatorTerm) { 840 Qs.push_back(Op); 841 continue; 842 } 843 844 // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands. 845 const SCEV *Q, *R; 846 divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R); 847 if (!R->isZero()) { 848 Qs.push_back(Op); 849 continue; 850 } 851 852 // Bail out if types do not match. 853 if (Ty != Q->getType()) { 854 Quotient = Zero; 855 Remainder = Numerator; 856 return; 857 } 858 859 FoundDenominatorTerm = true; 860 Qs.push_back(Q); 861 } 862 863 if (FoundDenominatorTerm) { 864 Remainder = Zero; 865 if (Qs.size() == 1) 866 Quotient = Qs[0]; 867 else 868 Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs); 869 return; 870 } 871 872 if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)) { 873 Quotient = Zero; 874 Remainder = Numerator; 875 return; 876 } 877 878 // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator. 879 ValueToValueMap RewriteMap; 880 RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] = 881 cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue(); 882 Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true); 883 884 if (Remainder->isZero()) { 885 // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator. 886 RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] = 887 cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue(); 888 Quotient = 889 SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true); 890 return; 891 } 892 893 // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator. 894 const SCEV *Q, *R; 895 const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder); 896 if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator)) { 897 // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here. 898 Quotient = Zero; 899 Remainder = Numerator; 900 return; 901 } 902 divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R); 903 assert(R == Zero && 904 "(Numerator - Remainder) should evenly divide Denominator"); 905 Quotient = Q; 906 } 907 908 private: 909 SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator, 910 const SCEV *Denominator) 911 : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) { 912 Zero = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 0); 913 One = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 1); 914 915 // By default, we don't know how to divide Expr by Denominator. 916 // Providing the default here simplifies the rest of the code. 917 Quotient = Zero; 918 Remainder = Numerator; 919 } 920 921 ScalarEvolution &SE; 922 const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One; 923 }; 924 925 } 926 927 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 928 // Simple SCEV method implementations 929 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 930 931 /// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K). The result has width W. 932 /// Assume, K > 0. 933 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K, 934 ScalarEvolution &SE, 935 Type *ResultTy) { 936 // Handle the simplest case efficiently. 937 if (K == 1) 938 return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy); 939 940 // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K): 941 // 942 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K! 943 // 944 // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value. We must be prepared for 945 // overflow. Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is 946 // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W. Unfortunately, division isn't 947 // safe in modular arithmetic. 948 // 949 // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses 950 // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in 951 // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is 952 // exponentiation: 953 // 954 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T) 955 // 956 // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula. However, 957 // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently. The trick is that 958 // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular 959 // arithmetic. To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have 960 // to do is multiply by the inverse. Therefore, this step can be done at 961 // width W. 962 // 963 // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T. The way this 964 // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T 965 // bits. This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then, 966 // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift 967 // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate. Extra bits are okay; they'll get 968 // truncated out after the division by 2^T. 969 // 970 // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique 971 // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits, 972 // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires 973 // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts. 974 // 975 // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation 976 // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows, 977 // the result must be zero anyway. We prefer here to do it in the width of 978 // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen 979 // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less 980 // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native 981 // register width. 982 // 983 // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before 984 // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as 985 // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires 986 // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets 987 // much more complicated for K > 3.) 988 989 // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative, 990 // but it probably doesn't matter. 991 if (K > 1000) 992 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 993 994 unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy); 995 996 // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before 997 // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow. 998 // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom 999 // W bits of the result. 1000 APInt OddFactorial(W, 1); 1001 unsigned T = 1; 1002 for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) { 1003 APInt Mult(W, i); 1004 unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros(); 1005 T += TwoFactors; 1006 Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors); 1007 OddFactorial *= Mult; 1008 } 1009 1010 // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step 1011 unsigned CalculationBits = W + T; 1012 1013 // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W. 1014 APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T); 1015 1016 // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T; 1017 // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by 1018 // K! / 2^T. 1019 APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1); 1020 APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1); 1021 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 1022 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W); 1023 1024 // Calculate the product, at width T+W 1025 IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(), 1026 CalculationBits); 1027 const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy); 1028 for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) { 1029 const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i)); 1030 Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend, 1031 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy)); 1032 } 1033 1034 // Divide by 2^T 1035 const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor)); 1036 1037 // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T. 1038 1039 return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor), 1040 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy)); 1041 } 1042 1043 /// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at 1044 /// the specified iteration number. We can evaluate this recurrence by 1045 /// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient 1046 /// corresponding to it. In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as: 1047 /// 1048 /// A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3) 1049 /// 1050 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient. 1051 /// 1052 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It, 1053 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 1054 const SCEV *Result = getStart(); 1055 for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 1056 // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the 1057 // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial 1058 // coefficient. 1059 const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType()); 1060 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff)) 1061 return Coeff; 1062 1063 Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff)); 1064 } 1065 return Result; 1066 } 1067 1068 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1069 // SCEV Expression folder implementations 1070 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1071 1072 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1073 Type *Ty) { 1074 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1075 "This is not a truncating conversion!"); 1076 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1077 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1078 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1079 1080 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1081 ID.AddInteger(scTruncate); 1082 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1083 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1084 void *IP = nullptr; 1085 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1086 1087 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1088 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1089 return getConstant( 1090 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1091 1092 // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x) 1093 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) 1094 return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty); 1095 1096 // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 1097 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1098 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1099 1100 // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 1101 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1102 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1103 1104 // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can 1105 // eliminate all the truncates. 1106 if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 1107 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1108 bool hasTrunc = false; 1109 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 1110 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty); 1111 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 1112 Operands.push_back(S); 1113 } 1114 if (!hasTrunc) 1115 return getAddExpr(Operands); 1116 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 1117 } 1118 1119 // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can 1120 // eliminate all the truncates. 1121 if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) { 1122 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1123 bool hasTrunc = false; 1124 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 1125 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty); 1126 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 1127 Operands.push_back(S); 1128 } 1129 if (!hasTrunc) 1130 return getMulExpr(Operands); 1131 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 1132 } 1133 1134 // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands. 1135 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1136 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1137 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 1138 Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty)); 1139 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 1140 } 1141 1142 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse 1143 // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have 1144 // made any changes which would invalidate it. 1145 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1146 Op, Ty); 1147 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1148 return S; 1149 } 1150 1151 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1152 Type *Ty) { 1153 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1154 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1155 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1156 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1157 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1158 1159 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1160 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1161 return getConstant( 1162 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1163 1164 // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1165 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1166 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1167 1168 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1169 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1170 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1171 ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend); 1172 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1173 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1174 void *IP = nullptr; 1175 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1176 1177 // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1178 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1179 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If 1180 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1181 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1182 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X); 1183 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1184 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1185 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains( 1186 CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1187 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty); 1188 } 1189 1190 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1191 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the 1192 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1193 // this: for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1194 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1195 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1196 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1197 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1198 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1199 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1200 1201 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1202 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1203 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 1204 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1205 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1206 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1207 1208 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1209 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1210 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1211 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1212 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1213 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1214 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1215 // that value once it has finished. 1216 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1217 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1218 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1219 // overflow. 1220 1221 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1222 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1223 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1224 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1225 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1226 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1227 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1228 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1229 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow. 1230 const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1231 const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy); 1232 const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1233 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1234 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1235 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1236 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1237 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1238 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1239 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1240 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1241 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1242 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1243 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1244 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1245 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1246 } 1247 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed. 1248 // This covers loops that count down. 1249 OperandExtendedAdd = 1250 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1251 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1252 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1253 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1254 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1255 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1256 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1257 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1258 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1259 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1260 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1265 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1266 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1267 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1268 if (isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1269 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) - 1270 getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax()); 1271 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) || 1272 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) && 1273 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 1274 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1275 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1276 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1277 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1278 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1279 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1280 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1281 } 1282 } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1283 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1284 getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1285 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) || 1286 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) && 1287 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, 1288 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1289 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1290 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1291 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1292 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1293 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1294 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1295 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1296 } 1297 } 1298 } 1299 } 1300 1301 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1302 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1303 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1304 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1305 Op, Ty); 1306 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1307 return S; 1308 } 1309 1310 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause 1311 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does 1312 // not exceed this limit before incrementing. 1313 static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1314 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1315 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1316 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()); 1317 if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1318 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 1319 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) - 1320 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax()); 1321 } 1322 if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1323 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 1324 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1325 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1326 } 1327 return nullptr; 1328 } 1329 1330 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed wrap. Typically, if we can 1331 // prove NSW for AR, then we can just as easily prove NSW for its preincrement 1332 // or postincrement sibling. This allows normalizing a sign extended AddRec as 1333 // such: {sext(Step + Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext(Start),+,Step} As a 1334 // result, the expression "Step + sext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with 1335 // "sext(PostIncAR)" 1336 static const SCEV *getPreStartForSignExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, 1337 Type *Ty, 1338 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1339 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1340 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1341 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE); 1342 1343 // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry. 1344 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start); 1345 if (!SA) 1346 return nullptr; 1347 1348 // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV 1349 // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty 1350 // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list. 1351 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps; 1352 for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands()) 1353 if (Op != Step) 1354 DiffOps.push_back(Op); 1355 1356 if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands()) 1357 return nullptr; 1358 1359 // This is a postinc AR. Check for overflow on the preinc recurrence using the 1360 // same three conditions that getSignExtendedExpr checks. 1361 1362 // 1. NSW flags on the step increment. 1363 const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, SA->getNoWrapFlags()); 1364 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>( 1365 SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)); 1366 1367 if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1368 return PreStart; 1369 1370 // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression. 1371 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1372 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1373 const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart = 1374 SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, WideTy), 1375 SE->getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)); 1376 if (SE->getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy) == OperandExtendedStart) { 1377 // Cache knowledge of PreAR NSW. 1378 if (PreAR) 1379 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1380 // FIXME: this optimization needs a unit test 1381 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SCEV: untested prestart overflow check\n"); 1382 return PreStart; 1383 } 1384 1385 // 3. Loop precondition. 1386 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1387 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE); 1388 1389 if (OverflowLimit && 1390 SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit)) { 1391 return PreStart; 1392 } 1393 return nullptr; 1394 } 1395 1396 // Get the normalized sign-extended expression for this AddRec's Start. 1397 static const SCEV *getSignExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, 1398 Type *Ty, 1399 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1400 const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForSignExtend(AR, Ty, SE); 1401 if (!PreStart) 1402 return SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty); 1403 1404 return SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty), 1405 SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, Ty)); 1406 } 1407 1408 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1409 Type *Ty) { 1410 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1411 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1412 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1413 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1414 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1415 1416 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1417 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1418 return getConstant( 1419 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1420 1421 // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x) 1422 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1423 return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1424 1425 // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1426 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1427 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1428 1429 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1430 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1431 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1432 ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend); 1433 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1434 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1435 void *IP = nullptr; 1436 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1437 1438 // If the input value is provably positive, build a zext instead. 1439 if (isKnownNonNegative(Op)) 1440 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1441 1442 // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1443 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1444 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If 1445 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1446 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1447 ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X); 1448 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1449 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1450 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains( 1451 CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1452 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty); 1453 } 1454 1455 // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2 1456 if (auto SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 1457 if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) { 1458 auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)); 1459 auto SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1)); 1460 if (SMul && SC1) { 1461 if (auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) { 1462 const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue(); 1463 const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue(); 1464 if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && 1465 C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2()) 1466 return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty), 1467 getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty)); 1468 } 1469 } 1470 } 1471 } 1472 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1473 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the 1474 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1475 // this: for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1476 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1477 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1478 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1479 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1480 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1481 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1482 1483 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1484 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1485 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1486 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1487 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1488 L, SCEV::FlagNSW); 1489 1490 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1491 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1492 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1493 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1494 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1495 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1496 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1497 // that value once it has finished. 1498 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1499 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1500 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1501 // overflow. 1502 1503 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1504 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1505 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1506 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1507 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1508 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1509 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1510 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1511 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow. 1512 const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1513 const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy); 1514 const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1515 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1516 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1517 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1518 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1519 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1520 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1521 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1522 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1523 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1524 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1525 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1526 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1527 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1528 } 1529 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned. 1530 // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step. 1531 OperandExtendedAdd = 1532 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1533 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1534 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1535 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1536 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1537 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1538 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1539 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1540 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1541 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1542 } 1543 } 1544 1545 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1546 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1547 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1548 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1549 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1550 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this); 1551 if (OverflowLimit && 1552 (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) || 1553 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) && 1554 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), 1555 OverflowLimit)))) { 1556 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec. 1557 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1558 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1559 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1560 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this 1564 // transformation: 1565 // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2 1566 auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start); 1567 auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 1568 if (SC1 && SC2) { 1569 const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue(); 1570 const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue(); 1571 if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) && 1572 C2.isPowerOf2()) { 1573 Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty); 1574 const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(AR->getType(), 0), Step, 1575 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1576 return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 } 1580 1581 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1582 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1583 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1584 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1585 Op, Ty); 1586 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1587 return S; 1588 } 1589 1590 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with 1591 /// unspecified bits out to the given type. 1592 /// 1593 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1594 Type *Ty) { 1595 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1596 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1597 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1598 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1599 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1600 1601 // Sign-extend negative constants. 1602 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1603 if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative()) 1604 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1605 1606 // Peel off a truncate cast. 1607 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1608 const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand(); 1609 if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 1610 return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty); 1611 return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty); 1612 } 1613 1614 // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1615 const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1616 if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt)) 1617 return ZExt; 1618 1619 // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1620 const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1621 if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt)) 1622 return SExt; 1623 1624 // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec. 1625 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1626 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 1627 for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands()) 1628 Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty)); 1629 return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 1630 } 1631 1632 // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value. 1633 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op)) 1634 return SExt; 1635 1636 // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value. 1637 return ZExt; 1638 } 1639 1640 /// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is 1641 /// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given 1642 /// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of 1643 /// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add 1644 /// expression like this: 1645 /// 1646 /// m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r) 1647 /// 1648 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values: 1649 /// 1650 /// (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0) 1651 /// 1652 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant. 1653 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this: 1654 /// 1655 /// 13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B) 1656 /// 1657 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in 1658 /// the original operand list. 1659 /// 1660 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities 1661 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in 1662 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and 1663 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion. 1664 /// 1665 static bool 1666 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M, 1667 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps, 1668 APInt &AccumulatedConstant, 1669 const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands, 1670 const APInt &Scale, 1671 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 1672 bool Interesting = false; 1673 1674 // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first. 1675 unsigned i = 0; 1676 while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1677 ++i; 1678 // Pull a buried constant out to the outside. 1679 if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero()) 1680 Interesting = true; 1681 AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue(); 1682 } 1683 1684 // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies 1685 // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop. 1686 for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) { 1687 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]); 1688 if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 1689 APInt NewScale = 1690 Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue(); 1691 if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) { 1692 // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse. 1693 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1)); 1694 Interesting |= 1695 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1696 Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(), 1697 NewScale, SE); 1698 } else { 1699 // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update 1700 // the map. 1701 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end()); 1702 const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps); 1703 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1704 M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale)); 1705 if (Pair.second) { 1706 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1707 } else { 1708 Pair.first->second += NewScale; 1709 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1710 // a folding opportunity. 1711 Interesting = true; 1712 } 1713 } 1714 } else { 1715 // An ordinary operand. Update the map. 1716 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1717 M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale)); 1718 if (Pair.second) { 1719 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1720 } else { 1721 Pair.first->second += Scale; 1722 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1723 // a folding opportunity. 1724 Interesting = true; 1725 } 1726 } 1727 } 1728 1729 return Interesting; 1730 } 1731 1732 namespace { 1733 struct APIntCompare { 1734 bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const { 1735 return LHS.ult(RHS); 1736 } 1737 }; 1738 } 1739 1740 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and 1741 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior. Infer a more aggressive set of 1742 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible. 1743 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags 1744 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type, 1745 const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1746 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OldFlags) { 1747 using namespace std::placeholders; 1748 1749 bool CanAnalyze = 1750 Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr; 1751 (void)CanAnalyze; 1752 assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!"); 1753 1754 int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW; 1755 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap = 1756 ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(OldFlags, SignOrUnsignMask); 1757 1758 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW. 1759 auto IsKnownNonNegative = 1760 std::bind(std::mem_fn(&ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative), SE, _1); 1761 1762 if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && 1763 std::all_of(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), IsKnownNonNegative)) 1764 return ScalarEvolution::setFlags(OldFlags, 1765 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask); 1766 1767 return OldFlags; 1768 } 1769 1770 /// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if 1771 /// possible. 1772 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1773 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 1774 assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) && 1775 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 1776 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!"); 1777 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1778 #ifndef NDEBUG 1779 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 1780 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1781 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 1782 "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!"); 1783 #endif 1784 1785 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags); 1786 1787 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 1788 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 1789 1790 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 1791 unsigned Idx = 0; 1792 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 1793 ++Idx; 1794 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 1795 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 1796 // We found two constants, fold them together! 1797 Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() + 1798 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 1799 if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0]; 1800 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 1801 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 1802 } 1803 1804 // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off. 1805 if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 1806 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 1807 --Idx; 1808 } 1809 1810 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1811 } 1812 1813 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than 1814 // once. If so, merge them together into an multiply expression. Since we 1815 // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent. 1816 Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType(); 1817 bool FoundMatch = false; 1818 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i) 1819 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) { // X + Y + Y --> X + Y*2 1820 // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are. 1821 unsigned Count = 2; 1822 while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i]) 1823 ++Count; 1824 // Merge the values into a multiply. 1825 const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count); 1826 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i]); 1827 if (Ops.size() == Count) 1828 return Mul; 1829 Ops[i] = Mul; 1830 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count); 1831 --i; e -= Count - 1; 1832 FoundMatch = true; 1833 } 1834 if (FoundMatch) 1835 return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags); 1836 1837 // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same 1838 // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be 1839 // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n) 1840 // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple. 1841 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1842 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1843 Type *DstType = Trunc->getType(); 1844 Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType(); 1845 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps; 1846 bool Ok = true; 1847 // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the 1848 // source type of the truncate. 1849 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) { 1850 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) { 1851 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 1852 Ok = false; 1853 break; 1854 } 1855 LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 1856 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1857 LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 1858 } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) { 1859 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps; 1860 for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) { 1861 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = 1862 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) { 1863 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 1864 Ok = false; 1865 break; 1866 } 1867 LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 1868 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = 1869 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) { 1870 LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 1871 } else { 1872 Ok = false; 1873 break; 1874 } 1875 } 1876 if (Ok) 1877 LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps)); 1878 } else { 1879 Ok = false; 1880 break; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 if (Ok) { 1884 // Evaluate the expression in the larger type. 1885 const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags); 1886 // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't. 1887 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold)) 1888 return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType); 1889 } 1890 } 1891 1892 // Skip past any other cast SCEVs. 1893 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr) 1894 ++Idx; 1895 1896 // If there are add operands they would be next. 1897 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 1898 bool DeletedAdd = false; 1899 while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1900 // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands 1901 // list. 1902 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1903 Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end()); 1904 DeletedAdd = true; 1905 } 1906 1907 // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list, 1908 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 1909 // any operands we just acquired. 1910 if (DeletedAdd) 1911 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1912 } 1913 1914 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 1915 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 1916 ++Idx; 1917 1918 // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with 1919 // operands multiplied by constant values. 1920 if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1921 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1922 DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M; 1923 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps; 1924 APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0); 1925 if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1926 Ops.data(), Ops.size(), 1927 APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) { 1928 // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to 1929 // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale, 1930 // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times. 1931 std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists; 1932 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = NewOps.begin(), 1933 E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I) 1934 MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I); 1935 // Re-generate the operands list. 1936 Ops.clear(); 1937 if (AccumulatedConstant != 0) 1938 Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant)); 1939 for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator 1940 I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I) 1941 if (I->first != 0) 1942 Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first), 1943 getAddExpr(I->second))); 1944 if (Ops.empty()) 1945 return getConstant(Ty, 0); 1946 if (Ops.size() == 1) 1947 return Ops[0]; 1948 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1949 } 1950 } 1951 1952 // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the 1953 // something is not already an operand of the multiply. If so, merge it into 1954 // the multiply. 1955 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1956 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1957 for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) { 1958 const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp); 1959 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV)) 1960 continue; 1961 for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp) 1962 if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) { 1963 // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z) --> W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1)) 1964 const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 1965 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 1966 // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the 1967 // Y*Z term. 1968 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 1969 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 1970 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 1971 InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps); 1972 } 1973 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Ty, 1); 1974 const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(One, InnerMul); 1975 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV); 1976 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 1977 if (AddOp < Idx) { 1978 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp); 1979 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1); 1980 } else { 1981 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1982 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1); 1983 } 1984 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 1985 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1986 } 1987 1988 // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together. 1989 for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1; 1990 OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 1991 ++OtherMulIdx) { 1992 const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 1993 // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies 1994 // together. 1995 for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands(); 1996 OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp) 1997 if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) { 1998 // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E)) 1999 const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 2000 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2001 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 2002 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 2003 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 2004 InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2005 } 2006 const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0); 2007 if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2008 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(), 2009 OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp); 2010 MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end()); 2011 InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2012 } 2013 const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2); 2014 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum); 2015 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 2016 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2017 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1); 2018 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 2019 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2020 } 2021 } 2022 } 2023 } 2024 2025 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 2026 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 2027 // recurrence. 2028 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 2029 ++Idx; 2030 2031 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 2032 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2033 // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if 2034 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 2035 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 2036 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2037 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 2038 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2039 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 2040 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 2041 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 2042 --i; --e; 2043 } 2044 2045 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2046 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2047 // NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step} --> NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step} 2048 LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart()); 2049 2050 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 2051 AddRec->op_end()); 2052 AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps); 2053 2054 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2055 // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2056 // Always propagate NW. 2057 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2058 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2059 2060 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2061 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2062 2063 // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2064 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2065 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2066 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2067 break; 2068 } 2069 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2070 } 2071 2072 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2073 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2074 // added together. If so, we can fold them. 2075 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2076 OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2077 ++OtherIdx) 2078 if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) { 2079 // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L> --> Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L> 2080 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 2081 AddRec->op_end()); 2082 for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2083 ++OtherIdx) 2084 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2085 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])) 2086 if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) { 2087 for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands(); 2088 i != e; ++i) { 2089 if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) { 2090 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i, 2091 OtherAddRec->op_end()); 2092 break; 2093 } 2094 AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(AddRecOps[i], 2095 OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)); 2096 } 2097 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2098 } 2099 // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound. 2100 Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2101 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2102 } 2103 2104 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2105 // next one. 2106 } 2107 2108 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr. Check to see if we 2109 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2110 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2111 ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr); 2112 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2113 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2114 void *IP = nullptr; 2115 SCEVAddExpr *S = 2116 static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2117 if (!S) { 2118 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2119 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2120 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2121 O, Ops.size()); 2122 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2123 } 2124 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2125 return S; 2126 } 2127 2128 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) { 2129 uint64_t k = i*j; 2130 if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true; 2131 return k; 2132 } 2133 2134 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient. If an 2135 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will 2136 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow. 2137 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) { 2138 // We use the multiplicative formula: 2139 // n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 . 2140 // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the 2141 // (k-n)th term of the denominator. This division will always produce an 2142 // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the 2143 // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the 2144 // final result would fit. 2145 2146 if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1; 2147 if (k > n) return 0; 2148 2149 if (k > n/2) 2150 k = n-k; 2151 2152 uint64_t r = 1; 2153 for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) { 2154 r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow); 2155 r /= i; 2156 } 2157 return r; 2158 } 2159 2160 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if 2161 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant. 2162 static bool containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV *StartExpr) { 2163 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 2164 Ops.push_back(StartExpr); 2165 while (!Ops.empty()) { 2166 const SCEV *CurrentExpr = Ops.pop_back_val(); 2167 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(*CurrentExpr)) 2168 return true; 2169 2170 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(*CurrentExpr) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(*CurrentExpr)) { 2171 const auto *CurrentNAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(CurrentExpr); 2172 for (const SCEV *Operand : CurrentNAry->operands()) 2173 Ops.push_back(Operand); 2174 } 2175 } 2176 return false; 2177 } 2178 2179 /// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if 2180 /// possible. 2181 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 2182 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2183 assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) && 2184 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 2185 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!"); 2186 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2187 #ifndef NDEBUG 2188 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2189 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2190 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2191 "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!"); 2192 #endif 2193 2194 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags); 2195 2196 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2197 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2198 2199 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2200 unsigned Idx = 0; 2201 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2202 2203 // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V 2204 if (Ops.size() == 2) 2205 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) 2206 // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, 2207 // apply this transformation as well. 2208 if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2) 2209 if (containsConstantSomewhere(Add)) 2210 return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)), 2211 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1))); 2212 2213 ++Idx; 2214 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2215 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2216 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2217 LHSC->getValue()->getValue() * 2218 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 2219 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2220 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2221 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2222 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2223 } 2224 2225 // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off. 2226 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) { 2227 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2228 --Idx; 2229 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) { 2230 // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero. 2231 return Ops[0]; 2232 } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) { 2233 // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the 2234 // add operands. 2235 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 2236 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) { 2237 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2238 bool AnyFolded = false; 2239 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(), 2240 E = Add->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 2241 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I); 2242 if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true; 2243 NewOps.push_back(Mul); 2244 } 2245 if (AnyFolded) 2246 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 2247 } 2248 else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr * 2249 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) { 2250 // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property. 2251 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2252 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AddRec->op_begin(), 2253 E = AddRec->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 2254 Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I)); 2255 } 2256 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), 2257 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 2258 } 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 if (Ops.size() == 1) 2263 return Ops[0]; 2264 } 2265 2266 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 2267 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 2268 ++Idx; 2269 2270 // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression. 2271 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2272 bool DeletedMul = false; 2273 while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2274 // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands 2275 // list. 2276 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2277 Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end()); 2278 DeletedMul = true; 2279 } 2280 2281 // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list, 2282 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 2283 // any operands we just acquired. 2284 if (DeletedMul) 2285 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2286 } 2287 2288 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 2289 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 2290 // recurrence. 2291 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 2292 ++Idx; 2293 2294 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 2295 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2296 // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if 2297 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 2298 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 2299 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2300 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 2301 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2302 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 2303 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 2304 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 2305 --i; --e; 2306 } 2307 2308 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2309 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2310 // NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step} --> NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step} 2311 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2312 NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands()); 2313 const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps); 2314 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2315 NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i))); 2316 2317 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2318 // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2319 // 2320 // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but 2321 // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true. 2322 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2323 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2324 2325 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2326 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2327 2328 // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2329 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2330 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2331 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2332 break; 2333 } 2334 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2335 } 2336 2337 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2338 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2339 // multiplied together. If so, we can fold them. 2340 2341 // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L> 2342 // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [ 2343 // choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z 2344 // ]]],+,...up to x=2n}. 2345 // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values 2346 // known at compile time, never SCEV objects. 2347 // 2348 // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two 2349 // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to 2350 // an infinite stream of zeros on the right). 2351 bool OpsModified = false; 2352 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2353 OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2354 ++OtherIdx) { 2355 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2356 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2357 if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop) 2358 continue; 2359 2360 bool Overflow = false; 2361 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 2362 bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64; 2363 SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps; 2364 for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() + 2365 OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) { 2366 const SCEV *Term = getConstant(Ty, 0); 2367 for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) { 2368 uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow); 2369 for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1), 2370 ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands()); 2371 z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) { 2372 uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow); 2373 uint64_t Coeff; 2374 if (LargerThan64Bits) 2375 Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow); 2376 else 2377 Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2; 2378 const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff); 2379 const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z); 2380 const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z); 2381 Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1,Term2)); 2382 } 2383 } 2384 AddRecOps.push_back(Term); 2385 } 2386 if (!Overflow) { 2387 const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 2388 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2389 if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec; 2390 Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec; 2391 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2392 OpsModified = true; 2393 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec); 2394 if (!AddRec) 2395 break; 2396 } 2397 } 2398 if (OpsModified) 2399 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2400 2401 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2402 // next one. 2403 } 2404 2405 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr. Check to see if we 2406 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2407 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2408 ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr); 2409 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2410 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2411 void *IP = nullptr; 2412 SCEVMulExpr *S = 2413 static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2414 if (!S) { 2415 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2416 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2417 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2418 O, Ops.size()); 2419 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2420 } 2421 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2422 return S; 2423 } 2424 2425 /// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something 2426 /// simpler if possible. 2427 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2428 const SCEV *RHS) { 2429 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) == 2430 getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) && 2431 "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!"); 2432 2433 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2434 if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) 2435 return LHS; // X udiv 1 --> x 2436 // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't 2437 // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from 2438 // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler. 2439 if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 2440 // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of 2441 // its operands. 2442 // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information. 2443 Type *Ty = LHS->getType(); 2444 unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros(); 2445 unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1; 2446 // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the 2447 // nearest power of two. 2448 if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2()) 2449 ++MaxShiftAmt; 2450 IntegerType *ExtTy = 2451 IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt); 2452 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 2453 if (const SCEVConstant *Step = 2454 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) { 2455 // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded. 2456 const APInt &StepInt = Step->getValue()->getValue(); 2457 const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getValue()->getValue(); 2458 if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) && 2459 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2460 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2461 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2462 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2463 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2464 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2465 Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS)); 2466 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), 2467 SCEV::FlagNW); 2468 } 2469 /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence. 2470 /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0. 2471 // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant. 2472 const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart()); 2473 if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) && 2474 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2475 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2476 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2477 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2478 const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getValue()->getValue(); 2479 const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt); 2480 if (StartRem != 0) 2481 LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step, 2482 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 2483 } 2484 } 2485 // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded. 2486 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) { 2487 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2488 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2489 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2490 if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands)) 2491 // Find an operand that's safely divisible. 2492 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2493 const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i); 2494 const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC); 2495 if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) { 2496 Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(), 2497 M->op_end()); 2498 Operands[i] = Div; 2499 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2500 } 2501 } 2502 } 2503 // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded. 2504 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) { 2505 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2506 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2507 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2508 if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) { 2509 Operands.clear(); 2510 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2511 const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS); 2512 if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) || 2513 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i)) 2514 break; 2515 Operands.push_back(Op); 2516 } 2517 if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands()) 2518 return getAddExpr(Operands); 2519 } 2520 } 2521 2522 // Fold if both operands are constant. 2523 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 2524 Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue(); 2525 Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue(); 2526 return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV, 2527 RHSCV))); 2528 } 2529 } 2530 } 2531 2532 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2533 ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr); 2534 ID.AddPointer(LHS); 2535 ID.AddPointer(RHS); 2536 void *IP = nullptr; 2537 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2538 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2539 LHS, RHS); 2540 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2541 return S; 2542 } 2543 2544 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) { 2545 APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2546 APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2547 uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth(); 2548 uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth(); 2549 2550 if (ABW > BBW) 2551 B = B.zext(ABW); 2552 else if (ABW < BBW) 2553 A = A.zext(BBW); 2554 2555 return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(A, B); 2556 } 2557 2558 /// getUDivExactExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or 2559 /// something simpler if possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv 2560 /// in SCEV IR, but we can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS. 2561 /// We can't do this when it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits. 2562 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2563 const SCEV *RHS) { 2564 // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we 2565 // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the 2566 // end of this file for inspiration. 2567 2568 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2569 if (!Mul) 2570 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2571 2572 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2573 // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the 2574 // first element of the mulexpr. 2575 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSCst = 2576 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 2577 if (LHSCst == RHSCst) { 2578 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2579 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2580 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2581 } 2582 2583 // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be 2584 // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to 2585 // check. 2586 APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst); 2587 if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) { 2588 LHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2589 getConstant(LHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2590 RHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2591 getConstant(RHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2592 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2593 Operands.push_back(LHSCst); 2594 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2595 LHS = getMulExpr(Operands); 2596 RHS = RHSCst; 2597 Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2598 if (!Mul) 2599 return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS); 2600 } 2601 } 2602 } 2603 2604 for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2605 if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) { 2606 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2607 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i); 2608 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2609 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2610 } 2611 } 2612 2613 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2614 } 2615 2616 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2617 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2618 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step, 2619 const Loop *L, 2620 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2621 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2622 Operands.push_back(Start); 2623 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step)) 2624 if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) { 2625 Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end()); 2626 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2627 } 2628 2629 Operands.push_back(Step); 2630 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags); 2631 } 2632 2633 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2634 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2635 const SCEV * 2636 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands, 2637 const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2638 if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0]; 2639 #ifndef NDEBUG 2640 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType()); 2641 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2642 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2643 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!"); 2644 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2645 assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) && 2646 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!"); 2647 #endif 2648 2649 if (Operands.back()->isZero()) { 2650 Operands.pop_back(); 2651 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0} --> X 2652 } 2653 2654 // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and 2655 // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a 2656 // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a 2657 // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck 2658 // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count). 2659 2660 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags); 2661 2662 // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth. 2663 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) { 2664 const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop(); 2665 if (L->contains(NestedLoop) ? 2666 (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) : 2667 (!NestedLoop->contains(L) && 2668 DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) { 2669 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(), 2670 NestedAR->op_end()); 2671 Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart(); 2672 // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their 2673 // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this 2674 // requirement. 2675 bool AllInvariant = true; 2676 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2677 if (!isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L)) { 2678 AllInvariant = false; 2679 break; 2680 } 2681 if (AllInvariant) { 2682 // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size. 2683 // 2684 // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the 2685 // inner recurrence has the same property. 2686 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags = 2687 maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 2688 2689 NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags); 2690 AllInvariant = true; 2691 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2692 if (!isLoopInvariant(NestedOperands[i], NestedLoop)) { 2693 AllInvariant = false; 2694 break; 2695 } 2696 if (AllInvariant) { 2697 // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation. 2698 // 2699 // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if 2700 // the outer recurrence has the same property. 2701 SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags = 2702 maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags); 2703 return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags); 2704 } 2705 } 2706 // Reset Operands to its original state. 2707 Operands[0] = NestedAR; 2708 } 2709 } 2710 2711 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr. Check to see if we 2712 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2713 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2714 ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr); 2715 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2716 ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]); 2717 ID.AddPointer(L); 2718 void *IP = nullptr; 2719 SCEVAddRecExpr *S = 2720 static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2721 if (!S) { 2722 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size()); 2723 std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O); 2724 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2725 O, Operands.size(), L); 2726 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2727 } 2728 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2729 return S; 2730 } 2731 2732 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2733 const SCEV *RHS) { 2734 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2735 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2736 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2737 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2738 } 2739 2740 const SCEV * 2741 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2742 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!"); 2743 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2744 #ifndef NDEBUG 2745 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2746 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2747 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2748 "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2749 #endif 2750 2751 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2752 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2753 2754 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2755 unsigned Idx = 0; 2756 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2757 ++Idx; 2758 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2759 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2760 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2761 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2762 APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2763 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2764 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2765 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2766 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2767 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2768 } 2769 2770 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2771 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) { 2772 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2773 --Idx; 2774 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) { 2775 // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 2776 // maximum-int. 2777 return Ops[0]; 2778 } 2779 2780 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2781 } 2782 2783 // Find the first SMax 2784 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr) 2785 ++Idx; 2786 2787 // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands 2788 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 2789 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2790 bool DeletedSMax = false; 2791 while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2792 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2793 Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end()); 2794 DeletedSMax = true; 2795 } 2796 2797 if (DeletedSMax) 2798 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2799 } 2800 2801 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 2802 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 2803 // be adjacent. 2804 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 2805 // X smax Y smax Y --> X smax Y 2806 // X smax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 2807 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 2808 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2809 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 2810 --i; --e; 2811 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2812 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 2813 --i; --e; 2814 } 2815 2816 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2817 2818 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!"); 2819 2820 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr. Check to see if we 2821 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2822 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2823 ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr); 2824 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2825 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2826 void *IP = nullptr; 2827 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2828 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2829 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2830 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2831 O, Ops.size()); 2832 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2833 return S; 2834 } 2835 2836 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2837 const SCEV *RHS) { 2838 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2839 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2840 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2841 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 2842 } 2843 2844 const SCEV * 2845 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2846 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!"); 2847 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2848 #ifndef NDEBUG 2849 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2850 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2851 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2852 "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2853 #endif 2854 2855 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2856 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2857 2858 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2859 unsigned Idx = 0; 2860 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2861 ++Idx; 2862 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2863 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2864 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2865 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2866 APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2867 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2868 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2869 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2870 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2871 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2872 } 2873 2874 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2875 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) { 2876 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2877 --Idx; 2878 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) { 2879 // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 2880 // maximum-int. 2881 return Ops[0]; 2882 } 2883 2884 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2885 } 2886 2887 // Find the first UMax 2888 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr) 2889 ++Idx; 2890 2891 // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands 2892 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 2893 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2894 bool DeletedUMax = false; 2895 while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2896 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2897 Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end()); 2898 DeletedUMax = true; 2899 } 2900 2901 if (DeletedUMax) 2902 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 2903 } 2904 2905 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 2906 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 2907 // be adjacent. 2908 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 2909 // X umax Y umax Y --> X umax Y 2910 // X umax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 2911 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 2912 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2913 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 2914 --i; --e; 2915 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2916 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 2917 --i; --e; 2918 } 2919 2920 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2921 2922 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!"); 2923 2924 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr. Check to see if we 2925 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2926 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2927 ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr); 2928 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2929 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2930 void *IP = nullptr; 2931 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2932 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2933 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2934 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2935 O, Ops.size()); 2936 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2937 return S; 2938 } 2939 2940 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2941 const SCEV *RHS) { 2942 // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y). 2943 return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 2944 } 2945 2946 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2947 const SCEV *RHS) { 2948 // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y) 2949 return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 2950 } 2951 2952 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) { 2953 // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent 2954 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 2955 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 2956 if (DL) 2957 return getConstant(IntTy, DL->getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy)); 2958 2959 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getSizeOf(AllocTy); 2960 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) 2961 if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, DL, TLI)) 2962 C = Folded; 2963 Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy)); 2964 assert(Ty == IntTy && "Effective SCEV type doesn't match"); 2965 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty); 2966 } 2967 2968 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy, 2969 StructType *STy, 2970 unsigned FieldNo) { 2971 // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent 2972 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 2973 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 2974 if (DL) { 2975 return getConstant(IntTy, 2976 DL->getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo)); 2977 } 2978 2979 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getOffsetOf(STy, FieldNo); 2980 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) 2981 if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, DL, TLI)) 2982 C = Folded; 2983 2984 Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(STy)); 2985 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty); 2986 } 2987 2988 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) { 2989 // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object 2990 // here. createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other 2991 // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown 2992 // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization. 2993 2994 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2995 ID.AddInteger(scUnknown); 2996 ID.AddPointer(V); 2997 void *IP = nullptr; 2998 if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) { 2999 assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V && 3000 "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!"); 3001 return S; 3002 } 3003 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this, 3004 FirstUnknown); 3005 FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S); 3006 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 3007 return S; 3008 } 3009 3010 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3011 // Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code 3012 // 3013 3014 /// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within 3015 /// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it 3016 /// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class 3017 /// has access to target-specific information. 3018 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const { 3019 // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable. 3020 return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy(); 3021 } 3022 3023 /// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type, 3024 /// for which isSCEVable must return true. 3025 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const { 3026 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 3027 3028 // If we have a DataLayout, use it! 3029 if (DL) 3030 return DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 3031 3032 // Integer types have fixed sizes. 3033 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) 3034 return Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); 3035 3036 // The only other support type is pointer. Without DataLayout, conservatively 3037 // assume pointers are 64-bit. 3038 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "isSCEVable permitted a non-SCEVable type!"); 3039 return 64; 3040 } 3041 3042 /// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as 3043 /// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given 3044 /// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types, 3045 /// this is the pointer-sized integer type. 3046 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const { 3047 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 3048 3049 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) { 3050 return Ty; 3051 } 3052 3053 // The only other support type is pointer. 3054 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!"); 3055 3056 if (DL) 3057 return DL->getIntPtrType(Ty); 3058 3059 // Without DataLayout, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit. 3060 return Type::getInt64Ty(getContext()); 3061 } 3062 3063 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() { 3064 return &CouldNotCompute; 3065 } 3066 3067 namespace { 3068 // Helper class working with SCEVTraversal to figure out if a SCEV contains 3069 // a SCEVUnknown with null value-pointer. FindInvalidSCEVUnknown::FindOne 3070 // is set iff if find such SCEVUnknown. 3071 // 3072 struct FindInvalidSCEVUnknown { 3073 bool FindOne; 3074 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown() { FindOne = false; } 3075 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 3076 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 3077 case scConstant: 3078 return false; 3079 case scUnknown: 3080 if (!cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()) 3081 FindOne = true; 3082 return false; 3083 default: 3084 return true; 3085 } 3086 } 3087 bool isDone() const { return FindOne; } 3088 }; 3089 } 3090 3091 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const { 3092 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown F; 3093 SCEVTraversal<FindInvalidSCEVUnknown> ST(F); 3094 ST.visitAll(S); 3095 3096 return !F.FindOne; 3097 } 3098 3099 /// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the 3100 /// expression and create a new one. 3101 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) { 3102 assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!"); 3103 3104 ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V); 3105 if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3106 const SCEV *S = I->second; 3107 if (checkValidity(S)) 3108 return S; 3109 else 3110 ValueExprMap.erase(I); 3111 } 3112 const SCEV *S = createSCEV(V); 3113 3114 // The process of creating a SCEV for V may have caused other SCEVs 3115 // to have been created, so it's necessary to insert the new entry 3116 // from scratch, rather than trying to remember the insert position 3117 // above. 3118 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S)); 3119 return S; 3120 } 3121 3122 /// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V 3123 /// 3124 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 3125 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 3126 return getConstant( 3127 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue()))); 3128 3129 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 3130 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 3131 return getMulExpr(V, 3132 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)))); 3133 } 3134 3135 /// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V 3136 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 3137 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 3138 return getConstant( 3139 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue()))); 3140 3141 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 3142 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 3143 const SCEV *AllOnes = 3144 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))); 3145 return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V); 3146 } 3147 3148 /// getMinusSCEV - Return LHS-RHS. Minus is represented in SCEV as A+B*-1. 3149 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 3150 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 3151 assert(!maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && "subtraction does not have NUW"); 3152 3153 // Fast path: X - X --> 0. 3154 if (LHS == RHS) 3155 return getConstant(LHS->getType(), 0); 3156 3157 // X - Y --> X + -Y. 3158 // X -(nsw || nuw) Y --> X + -Y. 3159 return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS)); 3160 } 3161 3162 /// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3163 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 3164 /// extended. 3165 const SCEV * 3166 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3167 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3168 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3169 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3170 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3171 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3172 return V; // No conversion 3173 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3174 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3175 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3176 } 3177 3178 /// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3179 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 3180 /// extended. 3181 const SCEV * 3182 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, 3183 Type *Ty) { 3184 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3185 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3186 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3187 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3188 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3189 return V; // No conversion 3190 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3191 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3192 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3193 } 3194 3195 /// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3196 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 3197 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 3198 const SCEV * 3199 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3200 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3201 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3202 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3203 "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3204 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3205 "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!"); 3206 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3207 return V; // No conversion 3208 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3209 } 3210 3211 /// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3212 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 3213 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 3214 const SCEV * 3215 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3216 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3217 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3218 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3219 "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3220 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3221 "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!"); 3222 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3223 return V; // No conversion 3224 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3225 } 3226 3227 /// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of 3228 /// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, 3229 /// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be 3230 /// narrowing. 3231 const SCEV * 3232 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3233 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3234 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3235 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3236 "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3237 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3238 "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!"); 3239 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3240 return V; // No conversion 3241 return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3242 } 3243 3244 /// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3245 /// input value to the specified type. The conversion must not be widening. 3246 const SCEV * 3247 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3248 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3249 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3250 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3251 "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!"); 3252 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3253 "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!"); 3254 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3255 return V; // No conversion 3256 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3257 } 3258 3259 /// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 3260 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation 3261 /// with them. 3262 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 3263 const SCEV *RHS) { 3264 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 3265 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 3266 3267 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 3268 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 3269 else 3270 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 3271 3272 return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 3273 } 3274 3275 /// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 3276 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation 3277 /// with them. 3278 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 3279 const SCEV *RHS) { 3280 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 3281 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 3282 3283 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 3284 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 3285 else 3286 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 3287 3288 return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 3289 } 3290 3291 /// getPointerBase - Transitively follow the chain of pointer-type operands 3292 /// until reaching a SCEV that does not have a single pointer operand. This 3293 /// returns a SCEVUnknown pointer for well-formed pointer-type expressions, 3294 /// but corner cases do exist. 3295 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) { 3296 // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null. 3297 if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) 3298 return V; 3299 3300 if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) { 3301 return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand()); 3302 } 3303 else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) { 3304 const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr; 3305 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 3306 I != E; ++I) { 3307 if ((*I)->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 3308 // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands. 3309 if (PtrOp) 3310 return V; 3311 PtrOp = *I; 3312 } 3313 } 3314 if (!PtrOp) 3315 return V; 3316 return getPointerBase(PtrOp); 3317 } 3318 return V; 3319 } 3320 3321 /// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction 3322 /// onto the given Worklist. 3323 static void 3324 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I, 3325 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 3326 // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack. 3327 for (User *U : I->users()) 3328 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U)); 3329 } 3330 3331 /// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all 3332 /// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from 3333 /// the ValueExprMapType map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI 3334 /// resolution. 3335 void 3336 ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) { 3337 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 3338 PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist); 3339 3340 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 3341 Visited.insert(PN); 3342 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 3343 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 3344 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 3345 continue; 3346 3347 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 3348 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 3349 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3350 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 3351 3352 // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name 3353 // ceases to appear in expressions. 3354 if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName)) 3355 continue; 3356 3357 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 3358 // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 3359 // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case, 3360 // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything. 3361 // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary 3362 // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do 3363 // want to forget the SCEVUnknown. 3364 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || 3365 !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) || 3366 (I != PN && Old == SymName)) { 3367 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 3368 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 3369 } 3370 } 3371 3372 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 3373 } 3374 } 3375 3376 /// createNodeForPHI - PHI nodes have two cases. Either the PHI node exists in 3377 /// a loop header, making it a potential recurrence, or it doesn't. 3378 /// 3379 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) { 3380 if (const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent())) 3381 if (L->getHeader() == PN->getParent()) { 3382 // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze 3383 // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique 3384 // backedge value. 3385 Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr; 3386 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { 3387 Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i); 3388 if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) { 3389 if (!BEValueV) { 3390 BEValueV = V; 3391 } else if (BEValueV != V) { 3392 BEValueV = nullptr; 3393 break; 3394 } 3395 } else if (!StartValueV) { 3396 StartValueV = V; 3397 } else if (StartValueV != V) { 3398 StartValueV = nullptr; 3399 break; 3400 } 3401 } 3402 if (BEValueV && StartValueV) { 3403 // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically. 3404 const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN); 3405 assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() && 3406 "PHI node already processed?"); 3407 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName)); 3408 3409 // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around 3410 // the back-edge. 3411 const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV); 3412 3413 // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just 3414 // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop. 3415 3416 // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic 3417 // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable! 3418 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) { 3419 // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it 3420 // with a recurrence. 3421 unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands(); 3422 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3423 if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName) 3424 if (FoundIndex == e) { 3425 FoundIndex = i; 3426 break; 3427 } 3428 3429 if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) { 3430 // Create an add with everything but the specified operand. 3431 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops; 3432 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3433 if (i != FoundIndex) 3434 Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i)); 3435 const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops); 3436 3437 // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each 3438 // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop. 3439 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) || 3440 (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) && 3441 cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) { 3442 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3443 3444 // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor 3445 // the post-increment will overflow. 3446 if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3447 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 3448 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3449 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) 3450 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 3451 } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3452 // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address 3453 // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee 3454 // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are 3455 // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base 3456 // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the 3457 // indices form a positive value. 3458 if (GEP->isInBounds()) { 3459 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW); 3460 3461 const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand()); 3462 if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr))) 3463 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3464 } 3465 3466 // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction 3467 // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y 3468 // for instance. 3469 } 3470 3471 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3472 const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags); 3473 3474 // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the 3475 // post-incremented value as well. 3476 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L)) 3477 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), 3478 Accum, L, Flags); 3479 3480 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3481 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3482 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3483 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3484 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3485 return PHISCEV; 3486 } 3487 } 3488 } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = 3489 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) { 3490 // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this: 3491 // i = 0; for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { .... i = j; } 3492 // In this case, j = {1,+,1} and BEValue is j. 3493 // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue 3494 // i really is an addrec evolution. 3495 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) { 3496 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3497 3498 // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the 3499 // initial step of the addrec evolution. 3500 if (StartVal == getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0), 3501 AddRec->getOperand(1))) { 3502 // FIXME: For constant StartVal, we should be able to infer 3503 // no-wrap flags. 3504 const SCEV *PHISCEV = 3505 getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), L, 3506 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 3507 3508 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3509 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3510 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3511 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3512 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3513 return PHISCEV; 3514 } 3515 } 3516 } 3517 } 3518 } 3519 3520 // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the 3521 // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so 3522 // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but 3523 // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases. 3524 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, DL, TLI, DT, AC)) 3525 if (LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V)) 3526 return getSCEV(V); 3527 3528 // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet. 3529 return getUnknown(PN); 3530 } 3531 3532 /// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply 3533 /// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code. 3534 /// 3535 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) { 3536 Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(GEP->getType()); 3537 Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0); 3538 // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects. 3539 if (!Base->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isSized()) 3540 return getUnknown(GEP); 3541 3542 // Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP instruction to the 3543 // Add expression, because the Instruction may be guarded by control flow 3544 // and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any 3545 // context. 3546 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3547 3548 const SCEV *TotalOffset = getConstant(IntPtrTy, 0); 3549 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP); 3550 for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator I = std::next(GEP->op_begin()), 3551 E = GEP->op_end(); 3552 I != E; ++I) { 3553 Value *Index = *I; 3554 // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index. 3555 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI++)) { 3556 // For a struct, add the member offset. 3557 unsigned FieldNo = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue(); 3558 const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo); 3559 3560 // Add the field offset to the running total offset. 3561 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset); 3562 } else { 3563 // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled. 3564 const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, *GTI); 3565 const SCEV *IndexS = getSCEV(Index); 3566 // Getelementptr indices are signed. 3567 IndexS = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexS, IntPtrTy); 3568 3569 // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset. 3570 const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexS, ElementSize, Wrap); 3571 3572 // Add the element offset to the running total offset. 3573 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset); 3574 } 3575 } 3576 3577 // Get the SCEV for the GEP base. 3578 const SCEV *BaseS = getSCEV(Base); 3579 3580 // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base. 3581 return getAddExpr(BaseS, TotalOffset, Wrap); 3582 } 3583 3584 /// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is 3585 /// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration). It is, at the same time, 3586 /// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2. For example, given {4,+,8} 3587 /// it returns 2. If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S. 3588 uint32_t 3589 ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) { 3590 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3591 return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros(); 3592 3593 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) 3594 return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()), 3595 (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType())); 3596 3597 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3598 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 3599 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 3600 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 3601 } 3602 3603 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3604 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 3605 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 3606 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 3607 } 3608 3609 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3610 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3611 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 3612 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3613 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 3614 return MinOpRes; 3615 } 3616 3617 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3618 // The result is the sum of all operands results. 3619 uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3620 uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType()); 3621 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); 3622 SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i) 3623 SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), 3624 BitWidth); 3625 return SumOpRes; 3626 } 3627 3628 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3629 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3630 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 3631 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3632 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 3633 return MinOpRes; 3634 } 3635 3636 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3637 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3638 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3639 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3640 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 3641 return MinOpRes; 3642 } 3643 3644 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3645 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3646 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3647 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3648 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 3649 return MinOpRes; 3650 } 3651 3652 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3653 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3654 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 3655 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 3656 computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT); 3657 return Zeros.countTrailingOnes(); 3658 } 3659 3660 // SCEVUDivExpr 3661 return 0; 3662 } 3663 3664 /// GetRangeFromMetadata - Helper method to assign a range to V from 3665 /// metadata present in the IR. 3666 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) { 3667 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 3668 if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { 3669 ConstantRange TotalRange( 3670 cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitWidth(), false); 3671 3672 unsigned NumRanges = MD->getNumOperands() / 2; 3673 assert(NumRanges >= 1); 3674 3675 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { 3676 ConstantInt *Lower = 3677 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 0)); 3678 ConstantInt *Upper = 3679 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 1)); 3680 ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); 3681 TotalRange = TotalRange.unionWith(Range); 3682 } 3683 3684 return TotalRange; 3685 } 3686 } 3687 3688 return None; 3689 } 3690 3691 /// getUnsignedRange - Determine the unsigned range for a particular SCEV. 3692 /// 3693 ConstantRange 3694 ScalarEvolution::getUnsignedRange(const SCEV *S) { 3695 // See if we've computed this range already. 3696 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = UnsignedRanges.find(S); 3697 if (I != UnsignedRanges.end()) 3698 return I->second; 3699 3700 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3701 return setUnsignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 3702 3703 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 3704 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 3705 3706 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum unsigned value will have those 3707 // known zeros as well. 3708 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 3709 if (TZ != 0) 3710 ConservativeResult = 3711 ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth), 3712 APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 3713 3714 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3715 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(0)); 3716 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3717 X = X.add(getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(i))); 3718 return setUnsignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3719 } 3720 3721 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3722 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0)); 3723 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3724 X = X.multiply(getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i))); 3725 return setUnsignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3726 } 3727 3728 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3729 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0)); 3730 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3731 X = X.smax(getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i))); 3732 return setUnsignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3733 } 3734 3735 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3736 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0)); 3737 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3738 X = X.umax(getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i))); 3739 return setUnsignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3740 } 3741 3742 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 3743 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getLHS()); 3744 ConstantRange Y = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getRHS()); 3745 return setUnsignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 3746 } 3747 3748 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3749 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(ZExt->getOperand()); 3750 return setUnsignedRange(ZExt, 3751 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 3752 } 3753 3754 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3755 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SExt->getOperand()); 3756 return setUnsignedRange(SExt, 3757 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 3758 } 3759 3760 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 3761 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Trunc->getOperand()); 3762 return setUnsignedRange(Trunc, 3763 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 3764 } 3765 3766 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3767 // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its 3768 // initial value. 3769 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 3770 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart())) 3771 if (!C->getValue()->isZero()) 3772 ConservativeResult = 3773 ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3774 ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0))); 3775 3776 // TODO: non-affine addrec 3777 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 3778 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 3779 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 3780 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 3781 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 3782 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 3783 3784 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 3785 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 3786 3787 ConstantRange StartRange = getUnsignedRange(Start); 3788 ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step); 3789 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 3790 ConstantRange EndRange = 3791 StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange)); 3792 3793 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 3794 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 3795 // checking code. 3796 ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3797 ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3798 ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange = 3799 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3800 ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3801 if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) != 3802 ExtEndRange) 3803 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3804 3805 APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartRange.getUnsignedMin(), 3806 EndRange.getUnsignedMin()); 3807 APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartRange.getUnsignedMax(), 3808 EndRange.getUnsignedMax()); 3809 if (Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue()) 3810 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3811 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, 3812 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1))); 3813 } 3814 } 3815 3816 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3817 } 3818 3819 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3820 // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata. 3821 Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue()); 3822 if (MDRange.hasValue()) 3823 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue()); 3824 3825 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3826 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 3827 computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT); 3828 if (Ones == ~Zeros + 1) 3829 return setUnsignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3830 return setUnsignedRange(U, 3831 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1))); 3832 } 3833 3834 return setUnsignedRange(S, ConservativeResult); 3835 } 3836 3837 /// getSignedRange - Determine the signed range for a particular SCEV. 3838 /// 3839 ConstantRange 3840 ScalarEvolution::getSignedRange(const SCEV *S) { 3841 // See if we've computed this range already. 3842 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = SignedRanges.find(S); 3843 if (I != SignedRanges.end()) 3844 return I->second; 3845 3846 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3847 return setSignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 3848 3849 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 3850 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 3851 3852 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum signed value will have those 3853 // known zeros as well. 3854 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 3855 if (TZ != 0) 3856 ConservativeResult = 3857 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 3858 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 3859 3860 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3861 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(0)); 3862 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3863 X = X.add(getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(i))); 3864 return setSignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3865 } 3866 3867 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3868 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0)); 3869 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3870 X = X.multiply(getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i))); 3871 return setSignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3872 } 3873 3874 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3875 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0)); 3876 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3877 X = X.smax(getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i))); 3878 return setSignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3879 } 3880 3881 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3882 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0)); 3883 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3884 X = X.umax(getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i))); 3885 return setSignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3886 } 3887 3888 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 3889 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UDiv->getLHS()); 3890 ConstantRange Y = getSignedRange(UDiv->getRHS()); 3891 return setSignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 3892 } 3893 3894 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3895 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(ZExt->getOperand()); 3896 return setSignedRange(ZExt, 3897 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 3898 } 3899 3900 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3901 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SExt->getOperand()); 3902 return setSignedRange(SExt, 3903 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 3904 } 3905 3906 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 3907 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Trunc->getOperand()); 3908 return setSignedRange(Trunc, 3909 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 3910 } 3911 3912 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3913 // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or 3914 // zero, the value won't ever change sign. 3915 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) { 3916 bool AllNonNeg = true; 3917 bool AllNonPos = true; 3918 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 3919 if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false; 3920 if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false; 3921 } 3922 if (AllNonNeg) 3923 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3924 ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0), 3925 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth))); 3926 else if (AllNonPos) 3927 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3928 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 3929 APInt(BitWidth, 1))); 3930 } 3931 3932 // TODO: non-affine addrec 3933 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 3934 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 3935 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 3936 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 3937 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 3938 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 3939 3940 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 3941 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 3942 3943 ConstantRange StartRange = getSignedRange(Start); 3944 ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step); 3945 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 3946 ConstantRange EndRange = 3947 StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange)); 3948 3949 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 3950 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 3951 // checking code. 3952 ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3953 ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3954 ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange = 3955 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3956 ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3957 if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) != 3958 ExtEndRange) 3959 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3960 3961 APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartRange.getSignedMin(), 3962 EndRange.getSignedMin()); 3963 APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartRange.getSignedMax(), 3964 EndRange.getSignedMax()); 3965 if (Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue()) 3966 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3967 return setSignedRange(AddRec, 3968 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1))); 3969 } 3970 } 3971 3972 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3973 } 3974 3975 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3976 // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata. 3977 Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue()); 3978 if (MDRange.hasValue()) 3979 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue()); 3980 3981 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3982 if (!U->getValue()->getType()->isIntegerTy() && !DL) 3983 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3984 unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT); 3985 if (NS <= 1) 3986 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3987 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3988 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1), 3989 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1)+1))); 3990 } 3991 3992 return setSignedRange(S, ConservativeResult); 3993 } 3994 3995 /// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value. 3996 /// Analyze the expression. 3997 /// 3998 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) { 3999 if (!isSCEVable(V->getType())) 4000 return getUnknown(V); 4001 4002 unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1; 4003 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 4004 Opcode = I->getOpcode(); 4005 4006 // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't 4007 // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required 4008 // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this 4009 // analysis depends on. 4010 if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent())) 4011 return getUnknown(V); 4012 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V)) 4013 Opcode = CE->getOpcode(); 4014 else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) 4015 return getConstant(CI); 4016 else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) 4017 return getConstant(V->getType(), 0); 4018 else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) 4019 return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee()); 4020 else 4021 return getUnknown(V); 4022 4023 Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V); 4024 switch (Opcode) { 4025 case Instruction::Add: { 4026 // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands 4027 // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a 4028 // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient, 4029 // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands. 4030 // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call. 4031 // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands. 4032 // 4033 // Don't apply this instruction's NSW or NUW flags to the new 4034 // expression. The instruction may be guarded by control flow that the 4035 // no-wrap behavior depends on. Non-control-equivalent instructions can be 4036 // mapped to the same SCEV expression, and it would be incorrect to transfer 4037 // NSW/NUW semantics to those operations. 4038 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps; 4039 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4040 for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); ; Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 4041 unsigned Opcode = Op->getValueID() - Value::InstructionVal; 4042 if (Opcode != Instruction::Add && Opcode != Instruction::Sub) 4043 break; 4044 U = cast<Operator>(Op); 4045 const SCEV *Op1 = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4046 if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub) 4047 AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(Op1)); 4048 else 4049 AddOps.push_back(Op1); 4050 } 4051 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4052 return getAddExpr(AddOps); 4053 } 4054 case Instruction::Mul: { 4055 // Don't transfer NSW/NUW for the same reason as AddExpr. 4056 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps; 4057 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4058 for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); 4059 Op->getValueID() == Instruction::Mul + Value::InstructionVal; 4060 Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 4061 U = cast<Operator>(Op); 4062 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4063 } 4064 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4065 return getMulExpr(MulOps); 4066 } 4067 case Instruction::UDiv: 4068 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4069 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4070 case Instruction::Sub: 4071 return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4072 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4073 case Instruction::And: 4074 // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits, 4075 // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 4076 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4077 if (CI->isNullValue()) 4078 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4079 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 4080 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4081 const APInt &A = CI->getValue(); 4082 4083 // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of 4084 // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask. 4085 // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant 4086 // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value. 4087 unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros(); 4088 unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros(); 4089 unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth(); 4090 APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); 4091 computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, 0, AC, 4092 nullptr, DT); 4093 4094 APInt EffectiveMask = 4095 APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ); 4096 if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask)) { 4097 const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant( 4098 ConstantInt::get(getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ))); 4099 return getMulExpr( 4100 getZeroExtendExpr( 4101 getTruncateExpr( 4102 getUDivExactExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), MulCount), 4103 IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)), 4104 U->getType()), 4105 MulCount); 4106 } 4107 } 4108 break; 4109 4110 case Instruction::Or: 4111 // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like: 4112 // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1. Handle this as an Add so loop 4113 // optimizations will transparently handle this case. 4114 // 4115 // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the 4116 // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n. 4117 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4118 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4119 const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue(); 4120 if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >= 4121 (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) { 4122 // Build a plain add SCEV. 4123 const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI)); 4124 // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags, 4125 // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap. 4126 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 4127 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 4128 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags( 4129 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 4130 } 4131 return S; 4132 } 4133 } 4134 break; 4135 case Instruction::Xor: 4136 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4137 // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add. 4138 // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step. 4139 if (CI->getValue().isSignBit()) 4140 return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4141 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4142 4143 // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation. 4144 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 4145 return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4146 4147 // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask. 4148 // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles 4149 // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out 4150 // of an xor with -1. 4151 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0))) 4152 if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) 4153 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && 4154 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue()) 4155 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z = 4156 dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) { 4157 Type *UTy = U->getType(); 4158 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand(); 4159 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType(); 4160 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty); 4161 4162 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to 4163 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and 4164 // re-apply the zext. 4165 if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue())) 4166 return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy); 4167 4168 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position 4169 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor 4170 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext. 4171 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize); 4172 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() && 4173 Trunc.isSignBit()) 4174 return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)), 4175 UTy); 4176 } 4177 } 4178 break; 4179 4180 case Instruction::Shl: 4181 // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply. 4182 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4183 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 4184 4185 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4186 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4187 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4188 // other parts of the compiler. 4189 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4190 break; 4191 4192 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 4193 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 4194 return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 4195 } 4196 break; 4197 4198 case Instruction::LShr: 4199 // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide. 4200 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4201 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 4202 4203 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4204 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4205 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4206 // other parts of the compiler. 4207 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4208 break; 4209 4210 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 4211 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 4212 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 4213 } 4214 break; 4215 4216 case Instruction::AShr: 4217 // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 4218 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) 4219 if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0))) 4220 if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && 4221 L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) { 4222 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 4223 4224 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4225 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4226 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4227 // other parts of the compiler. 4228 if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4229 break; 4230 4231 uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue(); 4232 if (Amt == BitWidth) 4233 return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)); // shift by zero --> noop 4234 return 4235 getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)), 4236 IntegerType::get(getContext(), 4237 Amt)), 4238 U->getType()); 4239 } 4240 break; 4241 4242 case Instruction::Trunc: 4243 return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4244 4245 case Instruction::ZExt: 4246 return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4247 4248 case Instruction::SExt: 4249 return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4250 4251 case Instruction::BitCast: 4252 // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast. 4253 if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType())) 4254 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4255 break; 4256 4257 // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can 4258 // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs, 4259 // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when 4260 // simplifying integer expressions. 4261 4262 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: 4263 return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U)); 4264 4265 case Instruction::PHI: 4266 return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U)); 4267 4268 case Instruction::Select: 4269 // This could be a smax or umax that was lowered earlier. 4270 // Try to recover it. 4271 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0))) { 4272 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); 4273 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); 4274 switch (ICI->getPredicate()) { 4275 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 4276 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 4277 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 4278 // fall through 4279 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 4280 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 4281 // a >s b ? a+x : b+x -> smax(a, b)+x 4282 // a >s b ? b+x : a+x -> smin(a, b)+x 4283 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) { 4284 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4285 const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS); 4286 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4287 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4288 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4289 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 4290 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4291 return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4292 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 4293 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4294 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4295 return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4296 } 4297 break; 4298 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 4299 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 4300 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 4301 // fall through 4302 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 4303 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 4304 // a >u b ? a+x : b+x -> umax(a, b)+x 4305 // a >u b ? b+x : a+x -> umin(a, b)+x 4306 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) { 4307 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4308 const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS); 4309 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4310 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4311 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4312 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 4313 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4314 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4315 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 4316 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4317 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4318 return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4319 } 4320 break; 4321 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 4322 // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 4323 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() && 4324 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && 4325 cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 4326 const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1); 4327 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4328 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4329 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4330 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4331 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One); 4332 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4333 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 4334 } 4335 break; 4336 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 4337 // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 4338 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() && 4339 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && 4340 cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 4341 const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1); 4342 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4343 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4344 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4345 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One); 4346 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4347 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4348 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 4349 } 4350 break; 4351 default: 4352 break; 4353 } 4354 } 4355 4356 default: // We cannot analyze this expression. 4357 break; 4358 } 4359 4360 return getUnknown(V); 4361 } 4362 4363 4364 4365 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4366 // Iteration Count Computation Code 4367 // 4368 4369 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L) { 4370 if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock()) 4371 return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB); 4372 4373 // No trip count information for multiple exits. 4374 return 0; 4375 } 4376 4377 /// getSmallConstantTripCount - Returns the maximum trip count of this loop as a 4378 /// normal unsigned value. Returns 0 if the trip count is unknown or not 4379 /// constant. Will also return 0 if the maximum trip count is very large (>= 4380 /// 2^32). 4381 /// 4382 /// This "trip count" assumes that control exits via ExitingBlock. More 4383 /// precisely, it is the number of times that control may reach ExitingBlock 4384 /// before taking the branch. For loops with multiple exits, it may not be the 4385 /// number times that the loop header executes because the loop may exit 4386 /// prematurely via another branch. 4387 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L, 4388 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4389 assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!"); 4390 assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) && 4391 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!"); 4392 const SCEVConstant *ExitCount = 4393 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock)); 4394 if (!ExitCount) 4395 return 0; 4396 4397 ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue(); 4398 4399 // Guard against huge trip counts. 4400 if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32) 4401 return 0; 4402 4403 // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct. 4404 return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1; 4405 } 4406 4407 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L) { 4408 if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock()) 4409 return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB); 4410 4411 // No trip multiple information for multiple exits. 4412 return 0; 4413 } 4414 4415 /// getSmallConstantTripMultiple - Returns the largest constant divisor of the 4416 /// trip count of this loop as a normal unsigned value, if possible. This 4417 /// means that the actual trip count is always a multiple of the returned 4418 /// value (don't forget the trip count could very well be zero as well!). 4419 /// 4420 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the 4421 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply 4422 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1 4423 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32). 4424 /// 4425 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes 4426 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock. 4427 unsigned 4428 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L, 4429 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4430 assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!"); 4431 assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) && 4432 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!"); 4433 const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock); 4434 if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute()) 4435 return 1; 4436 4437 // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1. 4438 const SCEV *TCMul = getAddExpr(ExitCount, 4439 getConstant(ExitCount->getType(), 1)); 4440 // FIXME: SCEV distributes multiplication as V1*C1 + V2*C1. We could attempt 4441 // to factor simple cases. 4442 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(TCMul)) 4443 TCMul = Mul->getOperand(0); 4444 4445 const SCEVConstant *MulC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCMul); 4446 if (!MulC) 4447 return 1; 4448 4449 ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue(); 4450 4451 // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking 4452 // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the 4453 // addition wraps). 4454 if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 || 4455 Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0) 4456 return 1; 4457 4458 return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue(); 4459 } 4460 4461 // getExitCount - Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which 4462 // this loop is guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return 4463 // SCEVCouldNotCompute. 4464 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4465 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this); 4466 } 4467 4468 /// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable 4469 /// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute 4470 /// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header 4471 /// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the 4472 /// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration, 4473 /// when the header is branched to from outside the loop. 4474 /// 4475 /// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a 4476 /// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see 4477 /// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount). 4478 /// 4479 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4480 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this); 4481 } 4482 4483 /// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except 4484 /// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the 4485 /// actual backedge taken count. 4486 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4487 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this); 4488 } 4489 4490 /// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop 4491 /// onto the given Worklist. 4492 static void 4493 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 4494 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 4495 4496 // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack. 4497 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 4498 PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I) 4499 Worklist.push_back(PN); 4500 } 4501 4502 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo & 4503 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) { 4504 // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion 4505 // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and 4506 // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV 4507 // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new 4508 // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion. 4509 std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair = 4510 BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, BackedgeTakenInfo())); 4511 if (!Pair.second) 4512 return Pair.first->second; 4513 4514 // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it 4515 // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result 4516 // must be cleared in this scope. 4517 BackedgeTakenInfo Result = ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(L); 4518 4519 if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4520 assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) && 4521 isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) && 4522 "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!"); 4523 ++NumTripCountsComputed; 4524 } 4525 else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() && 4526 isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) { 4527 // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable. 4528 ++NumTripCountsNotComputed; 4529 } 4530 4531 // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any 4532 // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only 4533 // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count 4534 // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that 4535 // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially. 4536 if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) { 4537 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4538 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4539 4540 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4541 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4542 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4543 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4544 continue; 4545 4546 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4547 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4548 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4549 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 4550 4551 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 4552 // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 4553 // by createNodeForPHI. In the former case, additional loop trip 4554 // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later 4555 // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its 4556 // own when it gets to that point. 4557 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) { 4558 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 4559 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4560 } 4561 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4562 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4563 } 4564 4565 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4566 } 4567 } 4568 4569 // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to 4570 // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a 4571 // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different 4572 // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed 4573 // earlier. 4574 return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = Result; 4575 } 4576 4577 /// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has 4578 /// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to 4579 /// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted. 4580 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) { 4581 // Drop any stored trip count value. 4582 DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator BTCPos = 4583 BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L); 4584 if (BTCPos != BackedgeTakenCounts.end()) { 4585 BTCPos->second.clear(); 4586 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(BTCPos); 4587 } 4588 4589 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4590 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4591 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4592 4593 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4594 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4595 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4596 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4597 continue; 4598 4599 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4600 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4601 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4602 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4603 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4604 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4605 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4606 } 4607 4608 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4609 } 4610 4611 // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the 4612 // ValuesAtScopes map. 4613 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 4614 forgetLoop(*I); 4615 } 4616 4617 /// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has 4618 /// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may 4619 /// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop. 4620 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) { 4621 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 4622 if (!I) return; 4623 4624 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4625 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4626 Worklist.push_back(I); 4627 4628 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4629 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4630 I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4631 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4632 continue; 4633 4634 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4635 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4636 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4637 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4638 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4639 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4640 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4641 } 4642 4643 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4644 } 4645 } 4646 4647 /// getExact - Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop 4648 /// exits. A computable result can only be return for loops with a single exit. 4649 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one 4650 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. HowFarToZero assumes that 4651 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as 4652 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the 4653 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using 4654 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE). 4655 const SCEV * 4656 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4657 // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable. 4658 if (!ExitNotTaken.isCompleteList()) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4659 4660 // We need exactly one computable exit. 4661 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4662 assert(ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken && "uninitialized not-taken info"); 4663 4664 const SCEV *BECount = nullptr; 4665 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4666 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4667 4668 assert(ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV"); 4669 4670 if (!BECount) 4671 BECount = ENT->ExactNotTaken; 4672 else if (BECount != ENT->ExactNotTaken) 4673 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4674 } 4675 assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit"); 4676 return BECount; 4677 } 4678 4679 /// getExact - Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit. 4680 const SCEV * 4681 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 4682 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4683 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4684 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4685 4686 if (ENT->ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock) 4687 return ENT->ExactNotTaken; 4688 } 4689 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4690 } 4691 4692 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop. 4693 const SCEV * 4694 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4695 return Max ? Max : SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4696 } 4697 4698 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, 4699 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4700 if (Max && Max != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && SE->hasOperand(Max, S)) 4701 return true; 4702 4703 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) 4704 return false; 4705 4706 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4707 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4708 4709 if (ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() 4710 && SE->hasOperand(ENT->ExactNotTaken, S)) { 4711 return true; 4712 } 4713 } 4714 return false; 4715 } 4716 4717 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each 4718 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array. 4719 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo( 4720 SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *> > &ExitCounts, 4721 bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount) : Max(MaxCount) { 4722 4723 if (!Complete) 4724 ExitNotTaken.setIncomplete(); 4725 4726 unsigned NumExits = ExitCounts.size(); 4727 if (NumExits == 0) return; 4728 4729 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[0].first; 4730 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[0].second; 4731 if (NumExits == 1) return; 4732 4733 // Handle the rare case of multiple computable exits. 4734 ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = new ExitNotTakenInfo[NumExits-1]; 4735 4736 ExitNotTakenInfo *PrevENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4737 for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumExits; ++i, PrevENT = ENT, ++ENT) { 4738 PrevENT->setNextExit(ENT); 4739 ENT->ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[i].first; 4740 ENT->ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[i].second; 4741 } 4742 } 4743 4744 /// clear - Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array. 4745 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() { 4746 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = nullptr; 4747 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = nullptr; 4748 delete[] ExitNotTaken.getNextExit(); 4749 } 4750 4751 /// ComputeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge 4752 /// of the specified loop will execute. 4753 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo 4754 ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4755 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks; 4756 L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks); 4757 4758 SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *>, 4> ExitCounts; 4759 bool CouldComputeBECount = true; 4760 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL. 4761 const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr; 4762 const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr; 4763 4764 // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts 4765 // and compute maxBECount. 4766 for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4767 BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i]; 4768 ExitLimit EL = ComputeExitLimit(L, ExitBB); 4769 4770 // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts. 4771 // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed. 4772 if (EL.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4773 // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so 4774 // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop. 4775 CouldComputeBECount = false; 4776 else 4777 ExitCounts.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitBB, EL.Exact)); 4778 4779 // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of 4780 // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds: 4781 // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits. 4782 // 4783 // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it 4784 // is a LoopMayExit. If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then 4785 // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.Max of computable LoopMustExits. Otherwise, 4786 // MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum EL.Max, where CouldNotCompute is 4787 // considered greater than any computable EL.Max. 4788 if (EL.Max != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch && 4789 DT->dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) { 4790 if (!MustExitMaxBECount) 4791 MustExitMaxBECount = EL.Max; 4792 else { 4793 MustExitMaxBECount = 4794 getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.Max); 4795 } 4796 } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4797 if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4798 MayExitMaxBECount = EL.Max; 4799 else { 4800 MayExitMaxBECount = 4801 getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.Max); 4802 } 4803 } 4804 } 4805 const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount : 4806 (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute()); 4807 return BackedgeTakenInfo(ExitCounts, CouldComputeBECount, MaxBECount); 4808 } 4809 4810 /// ComputeExitLimit - Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified 4811 /// loop will execute if it exits via the specified block. 4812 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4813 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4814 4815 // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block. See what condition causes us to 4816 // exit at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets 4817 // lead to the loop header. 4818 bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true; 4819 BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr; 4820 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(ExitingBlock), SE = succ_end(ExitingBlock); 4821 SI != SE; ++SI) 4822 if (!L->contains(*SI)) { 4823 if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors. 4824 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4825 Exit = *SI; 4826 } else if (*SI != L->getHeader()) { 4827 MustExecuteLoopHeader = false; 4828 } 4829 4830 // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether 4831 // the loop is exited. However, we don't know if the branch is executed each 4832 // time through the loop. If not, then the execution count of the branch will 4833 // not be equal to the trip count of the loop. 4834 // 4835 // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to 4836 // the loop header. If so, we know it will always execute the same number of 4837 // times as the loop. We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the 4838 // loop header. This is common for un-rotated loops. 4839 // 4840 // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the 4841 // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the 4842 // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the 4843 // trip count of the loop. 4844 // 4845 // More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here. 4846 // 4847 if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) { 4848 // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain 4849 // up to the header. 4850 bool Ok = false; 4851 for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) { 4852 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor(); 4853 if (!Pred) 4854 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4855 TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator(); 4856 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredTerm->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { 4857 BasicBlock *PredSucc = PredTerm->getSuccessor(i); 4858 if (PredSucc == BB) 4859 continue; 4860 // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't 4861 // outside the loop, assume the worst. 4862 if (L->contains(PredSucc)) 4863 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4864 } 4865 if (Pred == L->getHeader()) { 4866 Ok = true; 4867 break; 4868 } 4869 BB = Pred; 4870 } 4871 if (!Ok) 4872 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4873 } 4874 4875 bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr); 4876 TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator(); 4877 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) { 4878 assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!"); 4879 // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression. 4880 return ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0), 4881 BI->getSuccessor(1), 4882 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit); 4883 } 4884 4885 if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term)) 4886 return ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit, 4887 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit); 4888 4889 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4890 } 4891 4892 /// ComputeExitLimitFromCond - Compute the number of times the 4893 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 4894 /// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 4895 /// 4896 /// @param ControlsExit is true if ExitCond directly controls the exit 4897 /// branch. In this case, we can assume that the loop exits only if the 4898 /// condition is true and can infer that failing to meet the condition prior to 4899 /// integer wraparound results in undefined behavior. 4900 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4901 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop *L, 4902 Value *ExitCond, 4903 BasicBlock *TBB, 4904 BasicBlock *FBB, 4905 bool ControlsExit) { 4906 // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or. 4907 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) { 4908 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 4909 // Recurse on the operands of the and. 4910 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB); 4911 ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 4912 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4913 ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 4914 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4915 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4916 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4917 if (EitherMayExit) { 4918 // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing. 4919 // Choose the less conservative count. 4920 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 4921 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4922 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4923 else 4924 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 4925 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4926 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 4927 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4928 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4929 else 4930 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 4931 } else { 4932 // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit. 4933 // For now, be conservative. 4934 assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 4935 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 4936 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4937 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 4938 BECount = EL0.Exact; 4939 } 4940 4941 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 4942 } 4943 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 4944 // Recurse on the operands of the or. 4945 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB); 4946 ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 4947 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4948 ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 4949 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4950 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4951 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4952 if (EitherMayExit) { 4953 // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing. 4954 // Choose the less conservative count. 4955 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 4956 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4957 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4958 else 4959 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 4960 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4961 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 4962 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4963 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4964 else 4965 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 4966 } else { 4967 // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit. 4968 // For now, be conservative. 4969 assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 4970 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 4971 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4972 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 4973 BECount = EL0.Exact; 4974 } 4975 4976 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 4977 } 4978 } 4979 4980 // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count. 4981 // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp. 4982 if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) 4983 return ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit); 4984 4985 // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by 4986 // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to 4987 // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions 4988 // in place. 4989 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) { 4990 if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue()) 4991 // The backedge is always taken. 4992 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4993 else 4994 // The backedge is never taken. 4995 return getConstant(CI->getType(), 0); 4996 } 4997 4998 // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way. 4999 return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 5000 } 5001 5002 /// ComputeExitLimitFromICmp - Compute the number of times the 5003 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 5004 /// were a conditional branch of the ICmpInst ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 5005 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5006 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L, 5007 ICmpInst *ExitCond, 5008 BasicBlock *TBB, 5009 BasicBlock *FBB, 5010 bool ControlsExit) { 5011 5012 // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false 5013 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond; 5014 if (!L->contains(FBB)) 5015 Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate(); 5016 else 5017 Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate(); 5018 5019 // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X) 5020 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0))) 5021 if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) { 5022 ExitLimit ItCnt = 5023 ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond); 5024 if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo()) 5025 return ItCnt; 5026 } 5027 5028 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0)); 5029 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1)); 5030 5031 // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop. 5032 LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L); 5033 RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L); 5034 5035 // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the 5036 // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs. 5037 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) { 5038 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS. 5039 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 5040 Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond); 5041 } 5042 5043 // Simplify the operands before analyzing them. 5044 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS); 5045 5046 // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value 5047 // ranges to answer this query. 5048 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 5049 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 5050 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) { 5051 // Form the constant range. 5052 ConstantRange CompRange( 5053 ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 5054 5055 const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this); 5056 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret; 5057 } 5058 5059 switch (Cond) { 5060 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { // while (X != Y) 5061 // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0) 5062 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit); 5063 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5064 break; 5065 } 5066 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // while (X == Y) 5067 // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0) 5068 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L); 5069 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5070 break; 5071 } 5072 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 5073 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { // while (X < Y) 5074 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 5075 ExitLimit EL = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit); 5076 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5077 break; 5078 } 5079 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 5080 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: { // while (X > Y) 5081 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 5082 ExitLimit EL = HowManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit); 5083 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5084 break; 5085 } 5086 default: 5087 #if 0 5088 dbgs() << "ComputeBackedgeTakenCount "; 5089 if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned()) 5090 dbgs() << "[unsigned] "; 5091 dbgs() << *LHS << " " 5092 << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp) 5093 << " " << *RHS << "\n"; 5094 #endif 5095 break; 5096 } 5097 return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 5098 } 5099 5100 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5101 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L, 5102 SwitchInst *Switch, 5103 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 5104 bool ControlsExit) { 5105 assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!"); 5106 5107 // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch. 5108 if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock) 5109 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5110 5111 assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) && 5112 "Default case must not exit the loop!"); 5113 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L); 5114 const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock)); 5115 5116 // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0) 5117 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit); 5118 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) 5119 return EL; 5120 5121 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5122 } 5123 5124 static ConstantInt * 5125 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C, 5126 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5127 const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C); 5128 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE); 5129 assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) && 5130 "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?"); 5131 return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue(); 5132 } 5133 5134 /// ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit - Given an exit condition of 5135 /// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge 5136 /// execution count. 5137 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5138 ScalarEvolution::ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit( 5139 LoadInst *LI, 5140 Constant *RHS, 5141 const Loop *L, 5142 ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) { 5143 5144 if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5145 5146 // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global. 5147 // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs. 5148 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0)); 5149 if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5150 5151 // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an 5152 // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0. 5153 GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0)); 5154 if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() || 5155 GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) || 5156 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue()) 5157 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5158 5159 // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction. 5160 Value *VarIdx = nullptr; 5161 std::vector<Constant*> Indexes; 5162 unsigned VarIdxNum = 0; 5163 for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 5164 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 5165 Indexes.push_back(CI); 5166 } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 5167 if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute(); // Multiple non-constant idx's. 5168 VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i); 5169 VarIdxNum = i-2; 5170 Indexes.push_back(nullptr); 5171 } 5172 5173 // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them. 5174 if (!VarIdx) 5175 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5176 5177 // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant. 5178 // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now. 5179 const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx); 5180 Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L); 5181 5182 // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in 5183 // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}. 5184 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx); 5185 if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) || 5186 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) || 5187 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1))) 5188 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5189 5190 unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations; 5191 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) { 5192 ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get( 5193 cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum); 5194 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this); 5195 5196 // Form the GEP offset. 5197 Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val; 5198 5199 Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(), 5200 Indexes); 5201 if (!Result) break; // Cannot compute! 5202 5203 // Evaluate the condition for this iteration. 5204 Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS); 5205 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break; // Couldn't decide for sure 5206 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) { 5207 #if 0 5208 dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst 5209 << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader() 5210 << "***\n"; 5211 #endif 5212 ++NumArrayLenItCounts; 5213 return getConstant(ItCst); // Found terminating iteration! 5214 } 5215 } 5216 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5217 } 5218 5219 5220 /// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the 5221 /// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants. 5222 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) { 5223 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || 5224 isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) || 5225 isa<LoadInst>(I)) 5226 return true; 5227 5228 if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) 5229 if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) 5230 return canConstantFoldCallTo(F); 5231 return false; 5232 } 5233 5234 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop 5235 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve. 5236 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) { 5237 // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI. 5238 if (!L->contains(I)) return false; 5239 5240 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) { 5241 if (L->getHeader() == I->getParent()) 5242 return true; 5243 else 5244 // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate 5245 // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops. 5246 return false; 5247 } 5248 5249 // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands 5250 // are constants, bail early. 5251 return CanConstantFold(I); 5252 } 5253 5254 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by 5255 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi. 5256 static PHINode * 5257 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L, 5258 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap) { 5259 5260 // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are 5261 // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves. 5262 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5263 for (Instruction::op_iterator OpI = UseInst->op_begin(), 5264 OpE = UseInst->op_end(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) { 5265 5266 if (isa<Constant>(*OpI)) continue; 5267 5268 Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OpI); 5269 if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr; 5270 5271 PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst); 5272 if (!P) 5273 // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result. 5274 // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the 5275 // inconsistent paths meet. 5276 P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst); 5277 if (!P) { 5278 // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not. 5279 // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap. 5280 P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap); 5281 PHIMap[OpInst] = P; 5282 } 5283 if (!P) 5284 return nullptr; // Not evolving from PHI 5285 if (PHI && PHI != P) 5286 return nullptr; // Evolving from multiple different PHIs. 5287 PHI = P; 5288 } 5289 // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI! 5290 return PHI; 5291 } 5292 5293 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node 5294 /// in the loop that V is derived from. We allow arbitrary operations along the 5295 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value 5296 /// derived from a constant PHI. If this expression does not fit with these 5297 /// constraints, return null. 5298 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 5299 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 5300 if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr; 5301 5302 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { 5303 return PN; 5304 } 5305 5306 // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop. 5307 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap; 5308 return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap); 5309 } 5310 5311 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the 5312 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node 5313 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal. If we can't fold this expression for some 5314 /// reason, return null. 5315 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L, 5316 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals, 5317 const DataLayout *DL, 5318 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { 5319 // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls. 5320 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C; 5321 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 5322 if (!I) return nullptr; 5323 5324 if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C; 5325 5326 // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we 5327 // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop. 5328 if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr; 5329 5330 // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop, 5331 // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we 5332 // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time. 5333 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr; 5334 5335 std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands()); 5336 5337 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5338 Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)); 5339 if (!Operand) { 5340 Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i)); 5341 if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr; 5342 continue; 5343 } 5344 Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI); 5345 Vals[Operand] = C; 5346 if (!C) return nullptr; 5347 Operands[i] = C; 5348 } 5349 5350 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 5351 return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0], 5352 Operands[1], DL, TLI); 5353 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 5354 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 5355 return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL); 5356 } 5357 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, DL, 5358 TLI); 5359 } 5360 5361 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is 5362 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a 5363 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence 5364 /// involving constants, fold it. 5365 Constant * 5366 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN, 5367 const APInt &BEs, 5368 const Loop *L) { 5369 DenseMap<PHINode*, Constant*>::const_iterator I = 5370 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN); 5371 if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end()) 5372 return I->second; 5373 5374 if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations)) 5375 return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr; // Not going to evaluate it. 5376 5377 Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN]; 5378 5379 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5380 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5381 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5382 5383 // Since the loop is canonicalized, the PHI node must have two entries. One 5384 // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 5385 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 5386 bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1)); 5387 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5388 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 5389 (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) { 5390 Constant *StartCST = 5391 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge)); 5392 if (!StartCST) continue; 5393 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5394 } 5395 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5396 return RetVal = nullptr; 5397 5398 Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5399 5400 // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value. 5401 if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32) 5402 return RetVal = nullptr; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it! 5403 5404 unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range 5405 unsigned IterationNum = 0; 5406 for (; ; ++IterationNum) { 5407 if (IterationNum == NumIterations) 5408 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; // Got exit value! 5409 5410 // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration. 5411 // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map. 5412 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5413 Constant *NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, 5414 TLI); 5415 if (!NextPHI) 5416 return nullptr; // Couldn't evaluate! 5417 NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI; 5418 5419 bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5420 5421 // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes. However, we don't get to stop if we 5422 // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving, 5423 // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN. 5424 SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5425 for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator 5426 I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){ 5427 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first); 5428 if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5429 PHIsToCompute.push_back(std::make_pair(PHI, I->second)); 5430 } 5431 // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any 5432 // iterators into CurrentIterVals. 5433 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant*> >::const_iterator 5434 I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5435 PHINode *PHI = I->first; 5436 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5437 if (!NextPHI) { // Not already computed. 5438 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5439 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI); 5440 } 5441 if (NextPHI != I->second) 5442 StoppedEvolving = false; 5443 } 5444 5445 // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop 5446 // iterating, the loop can't continue to change. 5447 if (StoppedEvolving) 5448 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5449 5450 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5451 } 5452 } 5453 5454 /// ComputeExitCountExhaustively - If the loop is known to execute a 5455 /// constant number of times (the condition evolves only from constants), 5456 /// try to evaluate a few iterations of the loop until we get the exit 5457 /// condition gets a value of ExitWhen (true or false). If we cannot 5458 /// evaluate the trip count of the loop, return getCouldNotCompute(). 5459 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L, 5460 Value *Cond, 5461 bool ExitWhen) { 5462 PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L); 5463 if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5464 5465 // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries. 5466 // That's the only form we support here. 5467 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5468 5469 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5470 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5471 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5472 5473 // One entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 5474 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 5475 bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1)); 5476 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5477 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 5478 (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) { 5479 Constant *StartCST = 5480 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge)); 5481 if (!StartCST) continue; 5482 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5483 } 5484 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5485 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5486 5487 // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop. Execute 5488 // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of 5489 // "ExitWhen". 5490 5491 unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations; // Limit analysis. 5492 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){ 5493 ConstantInt *CondVal = 5494 dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, 5495 DL, TLI)); 5496 5497 // Couldn't symbolically evaluate. 5498 if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5499 5500 if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) { 5501 ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed; 5502 return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum); 5503 } 5504 5505 // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration. 5506 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5507 5508 // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before 5509 // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators 5510 // into CurrentIterVals. 5511 SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5512 for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator 5513 I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){ 5514 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first); 5515 if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5516 PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI); 5517 } 5518 for (SmallVectorImpl<PHINode *>::const_iterator I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), 5519 E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5520 PHINode *PHI = *I; 5521 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5522 if (NextPHI) continue; // Already computed! 5523 5524 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5525 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI); 5526 } 5527 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5528 } 5529 5530 // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate. 5531 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5532 } 5533 5534 /// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value 5535 /// at the specified scope in the program. The L value specifies a loop 5536 /// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a 5537 /// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop. 5538 /// 5539 /// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined 5540 /// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop. 5541 /// 5542 /// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the 5543 /// original value V is returned. 5544 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5545 // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before. 5546 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5547 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 5548 if (Values[u].first == L) 5549 return Values[u].second ? Values[u].second : V; 5550 } 5551 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(nullptr))); 5552 // Otherwise compute it. 5553 const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L); 5554 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values2 = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5555 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 5556 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 5557 Values2[u - 1].second = C; 5558 break; 5559 } 5560 } 5561 return C; 5562 } 5563 5564 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface. That way, we 5565 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a 5566 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt. 5567 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant. 5568 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 5569 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) { 5570 case scCouldNotCompute: 5571 case scAddRecExpr: 5572 break; 5573 case scConstant: 5574 return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue(); 5575 case scUnknown: 5576 return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue()); 5577 case scSignExtend: { 5578 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V); 5579 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand())) 5580 return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType()); 5581 break; 5582 } 5583 case scZeroExtend: { 5584 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V); 5585 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand())) 5586 return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType()); 5587 break; 5588 } 5589 case scTruncate: { 5590 const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V); 5591 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand())) 5592 return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType()); 5593 break; 5594 } 5595 case scAddExpr: { 5596 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V); 5597 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) { 5598 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5599 unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace(); 5600 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5601 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5602 } 5603 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5604 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i)); 5605 if (!C2) return nullptr; 5606 5607 // First pointer! 5608 if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 5609 unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); 5610 std::swap(C, C2); 5611 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5612 // The offsets have been converted to bytes. We can add bytes to an 5613 // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index. 5614 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5615 } 5616 5617 // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't 5618 // statically compute a load that results from it anyway. 5619 if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) 5620 return nullptr; 5621 5622 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5623 if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy()) 5624 C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast( 5625 C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true); 5626 C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, C2); 5627 } else 5628 C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2); 5629 } 5630 return C; 5631 } 5632 break; 5633 } 5634 case scMulExpr: { 5635 const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V); 5636 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) { 5637 // Don't bother with pointers at all. 5638 if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; 5639 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5640 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i)); 5641 if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; 5642 C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2); 5643 } 5644 return C; 5645 } 5646 break; 5647 } 5648 case scUDivExpr: { 5649 const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V); 5650 if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS())) 5651 if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS())) 5652 if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType()) 5653 return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS); 5654 break; 5655 } 5656 case scSMaxExpr: 5657 case scUMaxExpr: 5658 break; // TODO: smax, umax. 5659 } 5660 return nullptr; 5661 } 5662 5663 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5664 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V; 5665 5666 // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the 5667 // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs. 5668 if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) { 5669 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) { 5670 const Loop *LI = (*this->LI)[I->getParent()]; 5671 if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L) // Looking for loop exit value. 5672 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 5673 if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) { 5674 // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node. Check 5675 // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken 5676 // count. If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit 5677 // value. 5678 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI); 5679 if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC = 5680 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) { 5681 // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes. If 5682 // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at 5683 // the specified iteration number. 5684 Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, 5685 BTCC->getValue()->getValue(), 5686 LI); 5687 if (RV) return getSCEV(RV); 5688 } 5689 } 5690 5691 // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate 5692 // into a SCEV. Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate 5693 // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the 5694 // result. This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values. 5695 if (CanConstantFold(I)) { 5696 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands; 5697 bool MadeImprovement = false; 5698 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5699 Value *Op = I->getOperand(i); 5700 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) { 5701 Operands.push_back(C); 5702 continue; 5703 } 5704 5705 // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are 5706 // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them 5707 // with scev techniques. 5708 if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType())) 5709 return V; 5710 5711 const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op); 5712 const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L); 5713 MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV; 5714 5715 Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV); 5716 if (!C) return V; 5717 if (C->getType() != Op->getType()) 5718 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false, 5719 Op->getType(), 5720 false), 5721 C, Op->getType()); 5722 Operands.push_back(C); 5723 } 5724 5725 // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement. 5726 if (MadeImprovement) { 5727 Constant *C = nullptr; 5728 if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 5729 C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), 5730 Operands[0], Operands[1], DL, 5731 TLI); 5732 else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 5733 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 5734 C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL); 5735 } else 5736 C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), 5737 Operands, DL, TLI); 5738 if (!C) return V; 5739 return getSCEV(C); 5740 } 5741 } 5742 } 5743 5744 // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it. 5745 return V; 5746 } 5747 5748 if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) { 5749 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 5750 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 5751 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5752 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 5753 if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) { 5754 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 5755 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 5756 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(), 5757 Comm->op_begin()+i); 5758 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5759 5760 for (++i; i != e; ++i) { 5761 OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 5762 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5763 } 5764 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm)) 5765 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 5766 if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm)) 5767 return getMulExpr(NewOps); 5768 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm)) 5769 return getSMaxExpr(NewOps); 5770 if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm)) 5771 return getUMaxExpr(NewOps); 5772 llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!"); 5773 } 5774 } 5775 // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant. 5776 return Comm; 5777 } 5778 5779 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) { 5780 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L); 5781 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L); 5782 if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS()) 5783 return Div; // must be loop invariant 5784 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 5785 } 5786 5787 // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we 5788 // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop. 5789 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) { 5790 // First, attempt to evaluate each operand. 5791 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 5792 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 5793 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5794 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L); 5795 if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i)) 5796 continue; 5797 5798 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 5799 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 5800 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 5801 AddRec->op_begin()+i); 5802 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5803 for (++i; i != e; ++i) 5804 NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L)); 5805 5806 const SCEV *FoldedRec = 5807 getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 5808 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 5809 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec); 5810 // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the 5811 // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go 5812 // ahead and return the folded value. 5813 if (!AddRec) 5814 return FoldedRec; 5815 break; 5816 } 5817 5818 // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the 5819 // loop exit value of the addrec. 5820 if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) { 5821 // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec 5822 // loop iterates. Compute this now. 5823 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 5824 if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec; 5825 5826 // Then, evaluate the AddRec. 5827 return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this); 5828 } 5829 5830 return AddRec; 5831 } 5832 5833 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) { 5834 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5835 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5836 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5837 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5838 } 5839 5840 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) { 5841 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5842 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5843 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5844 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5845 } 5846 5847 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) { 5848 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5849 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5850 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5851 return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5852 } 5853 5854 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!"); 5855 } 5856 5857 /// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does 5858 /// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L). 5859 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 5860 return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L); 5861 } 5862 5863 /// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the 5864 /// following equation: 5865 /// 5866 /// A * X = B (mod N) 5867 /// 5868 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of 5869 /// A and B isn't important. 5870 /// 5871 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 5872 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, 5873 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5874 uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth(); 5875 assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same."); 5876 assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero."); 5877 5878 // 1. D = gcd(A, N) 5879 // 5880 // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of 5881 // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity 5882 uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros(); 5883 // D = 2^Mult2 5884 5885 // 2. Check if B is divisible by D. 5886 // 5887 // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B 5888 // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D. 5889 if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2) 5890 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5891 5892 // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic 5893 // modulo (N / D). 5894 // 5895 // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation. Hence, we'll use this 5896 // bit width during computations. 5897 APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1); // AD = A / D 5898 APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0); 5899 Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2); // Mod = N / D 5900 APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 5901 5902 // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation: 5903 // I * (B / D) mod (N / D) 5904 APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod); 5905 5906 // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW 5907 // bits. 5908 return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW)); 5909 } 5910 5911 /// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the 5912 /// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}. This returns either the two roots (which 5913 /// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects. 5914 /// 5915 static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> 5916 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5917 assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!"); 5918 const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0)); 5919 const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1)); 5920 const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2)); 5921 5922 // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants. 5923 if (!LC || !MC || !NC) { 5924 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5925 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5926 } 5927 5928 uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth(); 5929 const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 5930 const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue(); 5931 const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue(); 5932 APInt Two(BitWidth, 2); 5933 APInt Four(BitWidth, 4); 5934 5935 { 5936 using namespace APIntOps; 5937 const APInt& C = L; 5938 // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C 5939 // The B coefficient is M-N/2 5940 APInt B(M); 5941 B -= sdiv(N,Two); 5942 5943 // The A coefficient is N/2 5944 APInt A(N.sdiv(Two)); 5945 5946 // Compute the B^2-4ac term. 5947 APInt SqrtTerm(B); 5948 SqrtTerm *= B; 5949 SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C); 5950 5951 if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) { 5952 // The loop is provably infinite. 5953 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5954 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5955 } 5956 5957 // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest 5958 // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert. 5959 APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt()); 5960 5961 // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula. 5962 // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions. 5963 APInt NegB(-B); 5964 APInt TwoA(A << 1); 5965 if (TwoA.isMinValue()) { 5966 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5967 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5968 } 5969 5970 LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext(); 5971 5972 ConstantInt *Solution1 = 5973 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 5974 ConstantInt *Solution2 = 5975 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 5976 5977 return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1), 5978 SE.getConstant(Solution2)); 5979 } // end APIntOps namespace 5980 } 5981 5982 /// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified 5983 /// value to zero will execute. If not computable, return CouldNotCompute. 5984 /// 5985 /// This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition is 5986 /// now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is 5987 /// effectively V != 0. We know and take advantage of the fact that this 5988 /// expression only being used in a comparison by zero context. 5989 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5990 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit) { 5991 // If the value is a constant 5992 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 5993 // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times. 5994 if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C; 5995 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 5996 } 5997 5998 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V); 5999 if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) 6000 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6001 6002 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of 6003 // the quadratic equation to solve it. 6004 if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { 6005 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 6006 SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this); 6007 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 6008 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 6009 if (R1 && R2) { 6010 #if 0 6011 dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1 6012 << " sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n"; 6013 #endif 6014 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 6015 if (ConstantInt *CB = 6016 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 6017 R1->getValue(), 6018 R2->getValue()))) { 6019 if (CB->getZExtValue() == false) 6020 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 6021 6022 // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero 6023 // value at this index. When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we 6024 // should not accept a root of 2. 6025 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this); 6026 if (Val->isZero()) 6027 return R1; // We found a quadratic root! 6028 } 6029 } 6030 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6031 } 6032 6033 // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine. 6034 if (!AddRec->isAffine()) 6035 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6036 6037 // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is 6038 // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation: 6039 // 6040 // Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW) 6041 // 6042 // equivalent to: 6043 // 6044 // Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW) 6045 // 6046 // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step. 6047 6048 // Get the initial value for the loop. 6049 const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop()); 6050 const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop()); 6051 6052 // For now we handle only constant steps. 6053 // 6054 // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the 6055 // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap 6056 // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step. 6057 // We have not yet seen any such cases. 6058 const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 6059 if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0)) 6060 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6061 6062 // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow): 6063 // N = -Start/Step (as unsigned) 6064 // For negative steps (counting down to zero): 6065 // N = Start/-Step 6066 // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step. 6067 bool CountDown = StepC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 6068 const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start); 6069 6070 // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound. 6071 // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so: 6072 // N = Distance (as unsigned) 6073 if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) { 6074 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(Start); 6075 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 6076 if (!CountDown && CR.getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) 6077 // When counting up, the worst starting value is 1, not 0. 6078 MaxBECount = CR.getUnsignedMax().isMinValue() 6079 ? getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(CR.getBitWidth())) 6080 : getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(CR.getBitWidth())); 6081 else 6082 MaxBECount = getConstant(CountDown ? CR.getUnsignedMax() 6083 : -CR.getUnsignedMin()); 6084 return ExitLimit(Distance, MaxBECount); 6085 } 6086 6087 // As a special case, handle the instance where Step is a positive power of 6088 // two. In this case, determining whether Step divides Distance evenly can be 6089 // done by counting and comparing the number of trailing zeros of Step and 6090 // Distance. 6091 if (!CountDown) { 6092 const APInt &StepV = StepC->getValue()->getValue(); 6093 // StepV.isPowerOf2() returns true if StepV is an positive power of two. It 6094 // also returns true if StepV is maximally negative (eg, INT_MIN), but that 6095 // case is not handled as this code is guarded by !CountDown. 6096 if (StepV.isPowerOf2() && 6097 GetMinTrailingZeros(Distance) >= StepV.countTrailingZeros()) 6098 return getUDivExactExpr(Distance, Step); 6099 } 6100 6101 // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression 6102 // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to 6103 // compute the backedge count. In this case, the step may not divide the 6104 // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop 6105 // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping. 6106 if (ControlsExit && AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)) { 6107 const SCEV *Exact = 6108 getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step); 6109 return ExitLimit(Exact, Exact); 6110 } 6111 6112 // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant. 6113 if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) 6114 return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(), 6115 -StartC->getValue()->getValue(), 6116 *this); 6117 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6118 } 6119 6120 /// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the 6121 /// specified value for nonzero will execute. If not computable, return 6122 /// CouldNotCompute 6123 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 6124 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 6125 // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed. We don't 6126 // handle them yet except for the trivial case. This could be expanded in the 6127 // future as needed. 6128 6129 // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero 6130 // already. If so, the backedge will execute zero times. 6131 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 6132 if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue()) 6133 return getConstant(C->getType(), 0); 6134 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 6135 } 6136 6137 // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like 6138 // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded. 6139 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6140 } 6141 6142 /// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB 6143 /// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one 6144 /// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is 6145 /// found. 6146 /// 6147 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 6148 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) { 6149 // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the 6150 // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge 6151 // from the predecessor to the block. 6152 if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor()) 6153 return std::make_pair(Pred, BB); 6154 6155 // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop. 6156 // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be 6157 // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop. 6158 if (Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(BB)) 6159 return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 6160 6161 return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>(); 6162 } 6163 6164 /// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for 6165 /// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of 6166 /// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little 6167 /// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling 6168 /// expression. 6169 /// 6170 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) { 6171 // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV. 6172 if (A == B) return true; 6173 6174 // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold 6175 // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case. 6176 if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A)) 6177 if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B)) 6178 if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue())) 6179 if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue())) 6180 if (AI->isIdenticalTo(BI) && !AI->mayReadFromMemory()) 6181 return true; 6182 6183 // Otherwise assume they may have a different value. 6184 return false; 6185 } 6186 6187 /// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with 6188 /// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made. 6189 /// 6190 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, 6191 const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS, 6192 unsigned Depth) { 6193 bool Changed = false; 6194 6195 // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out. 6196 if (Depth >= 3) 6197 return false; 6198 6199 // Canonicalize a constant to the right side. 6200 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 6201 // Check for both operands constant. 6202 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6203 if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred, 6204 LHSC->getValue(), 6205 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue()) 6206 goto trivially_false; 6207 else 6208 goto trivially_true; 6209 } 6210 // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right. 6211 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6212 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6213 Changed = true; 6214 } 6215 6216 // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the 6217 // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check, 6218 // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop. 6219 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) { 6220 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 6221 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) { 6222 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6223 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6224 Changed = true; 6225 } 6226 } 6227 6228 // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary 6229 // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons. 6230 if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6231 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 6232 switch (Pred) { 6233 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6234 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6235 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 6236 // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b. 6237 if (!RA) 6238 if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) 6239 if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0))) 6240 if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 && 6241 ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) { 6242 RHS = AE->getOperand(1); 6243 LHS = ME->getOperand(1); 6244 Changed = true; 6245 } 6246 break; 6247 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6248 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 6249 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6250 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6251 Changed = true; 6252 break; 6253 } 6254 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 6255 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6256 Changed = true; 6257 break; 6258 } 6259 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true; 6260 6261 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6262 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6263 Changed = true; 6264 break; 6265 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6266 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 6267 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6268 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6269 Changed = true; 6270 break; 6271 } 6272 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 6273 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6274 Changed = true; 6275 break; 6276 } 6277 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true; 6278 6279 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6280 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6281 Changed = true; 6282 break; 6283 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6284 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 6285 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6286 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6287 Changed = true; 6288 break; 6289 } 6290 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 6291 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6292 Changed = true; 6293 break; 6294 } 6295 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 6296 6297 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6298 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6299 Changed = true; 6300 break; 6301 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6302 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 6303 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6304 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6305 Changed = true; 6306 break; 6307 } 6308 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 6309 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6310 Changed = true; 6311 break; 6312 } 6313 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 6314 6315 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6316 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6317 Changed = true; 6318 break; 6319 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6320 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 6321 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6322 Changed = true; 6323 break; 6324 } 6325 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 6326 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6327 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6328 Changed = true; 6329 break; 6330 } 6331 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false; 6332 break; 6333 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6334 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 6335 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6336 Changed = true; 6337 break; 6338 } 6339 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 6340 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6341 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6342 Changed = true; 6343 break; 6344 } 6345 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false; 6346 break; 6347 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6348 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 6349 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6350 Changed = true; 6351 break; 6352 } 6353 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 6354 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6355 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6356 Changed = true; 6357 break; 6358 } 6359 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 6360 break; 6361 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6362 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 6363 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6364 Changed = true; 6365 break; 6366 } 6367 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 6368 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6369 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6370 Changed = true; 6371 break; 6372 } 6373 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 6374 break; 6375 } 6376 } 6377 6378 // Check for obvious equality. 6379 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) { 6380 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 6381 goto trivially_true; 6382 if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred)) 6383 goto trivially_false; 6384 } 6385 6386 // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by 6387 // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands. 6388 switch (Pred) { 6389 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6390 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6391 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6392 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6393 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6394 Changed = true; 6395 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6396 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6397 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6398 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6399 Changed = true; 6400 } 6401 break; 6402 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6403 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6404 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6405 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6406 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6407 Changed = true; 6408 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6409 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6410 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6411 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6412 Changed = true; 6413 } 6414 break; 6415 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6416 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6417 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6418 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6419 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6420 Changed = true; 6421 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6422 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6423 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6424 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6425 Changed = true; 6426 } 6427 break; 6428 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6429 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6430 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6431 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6432 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6433 Changed = true; 6434 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6435 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6436 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6437 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6438 Changed = true; 6439 } 6440 break; 6441 default: 6442 break; 6443 } 6444 6445 // TODO: More simplifications are possible here. 6446 6447 // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing 6448 // changes. 6449 if (Changed) 6450 return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1); 6451 6452 return Changed; 6453 6454 trivially_true: 6455 // Return 0 == 0. 6456 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6457 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6458 return true; 6459 6460 trivially_false: 6461 // Return 0 != 0. 6462 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6463 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6464 return true; 6465 } 6466 6467 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6468 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative(); 6469 } 6470 6471 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6472 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive(); 6473 } 6474 6475 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6476 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative(); 6477 } 6478 6479 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6480 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive(); 6481 } 6482 6483 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) { 6484 return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S); 6485 } 6486 6487 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6488 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6489 // Canonicalize the inputs first. 6490 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6491 6492 // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in 6493 // every iteration of the loop. 6494 // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in 6495 // every iteration of the loop. 6496 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 6497 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 6498 bool LeftGuarded = false; 6499 bool RightGuarded = false; 6500 if (LAR) { 6501 const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop(); 6502 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) && 6503 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) { 6504 if (!RAR) return true; 6505 LeftGuarded = true; 6506 } 6507 } 6508 if (RAR) { 6509 const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop(); 6510 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) && 6511 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) { 6512 if (!LAR) return true; 6513 RightGuarded = true; 6514 } 6515 } 6516 if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded) 6517 return true; 6518 6519 // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges. 6520 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6521 } 6522 6523 bool 6524 ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6525 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6526 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) 6527 return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 6528 6529 // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from 6530 // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond. 6531 switch (Pred) { 6532 default: 6533 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6534 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6535 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6536 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { 6537 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 6538 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 6539 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 6540 return true; 6541 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 6542 return false; 6543 break; 6544 } 6545 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6546 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6547 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { 6548 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 6549 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 6550 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 6551 return true; 6552 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 6553 return false; 6554 break; 6555 } 6556 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6557 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6558 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { 6559 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 6560 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 6561 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 6562 return true; 6563 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 6564 return false; 6565 break; 6566 } 6567 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6568 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6569 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { 6570 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 6571 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 6572 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 6573 return true; 6574 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 6575 return false; 6576 break; 6577 } 6578 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { 6579 if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 6580 return true; 6581 if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 6582 return true; 6583 6584 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS); 6585 if (isKnownNonZero(Diff)) 6586 return true; 6587 break; 6588 } 6589 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6590 // The check at the top of the function catches the case where 6591 // the values are known to be equal. 6592 break; 6593 } 6594 return false; 6595 } 6596 6597 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is 6598 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to 6599 /// to eliminate casts. 6600 bool 6601 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 6602 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6603 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6604 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 6605 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 6606 if (!L) return true; 6607 6608 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true; 6609 6610 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); 6611 if (!Latch) 6612 return false; 6613 6614 BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate = 6615 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator()); 6616 if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() && 6617 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6618 LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(), 6619 LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader())) 6620 return true; 6621 6622 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics. 6623 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) { 6624 if (!AssumeVH) 6625 continue; 6626 auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); 6627 if (!DT->dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator())) 6628 continue; 6629 6630 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false)) 6631 return true; 6632 } 6633 6634 return false; 6635 } 6636 6637 /// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected 6638 /// by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to help avoid max 6639 /// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts. 6640 bool 6641 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 6642 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6643 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6644 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 6645 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 6646 if (!L) return false; 6647 6648 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true; 6649 6650 // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long 6651 // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors 6652 // leading to the original header. 6653 for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 6654 Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 6655 Pair.first; 6656 Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) { 6657 6658 BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate = 6659 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator()); 6660 if (!LoopEntryPredicate || 6661 LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional()) 6662 continue; 6663 6664 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6665 LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(), 6666 LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second)) 6667 return true; 6668 } 6669 6670 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics. 6671 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) { 6672 if (!AssumeVH) 6673 continue; 6674 auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); 6675 if (!DT->dominates(CI, L->getHeader())) 6676 continue; 6677 6678 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false)) 6679 return true; 6680 } 6681 6682 return false; 6683 } 6684 6685 /// RAII wrapper to prevent recursive application of isImpliedCond. 6686 /// ScalarEvolution's PendingLoopPredicates set must be empty unless we are 6687 /// currently evaluating isImpliedCond. 6688 struct MarkPendingLoopPredicate { 6689 Value *Cond; 6690 DenseSet<Value*> &LoopPreds; 6691 bool Pending; 6692 6693 MarkPendingLoopPredicate(Value *C, DenseSet<Value*> &LP) 6694 : Cond(C), LoopPreds(LP) { 6695 Pending = !LoopPreds.insert(Cond).second; 6696 } 6697 ~MarkPendingLoopPredicate() { 6698 if (!Pending) 6699 LoopPreds.erase(Cond); 6700 } 6701 }; 6702 6703 /// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS, 6704 /// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true. 6705 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6706 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6707 Value *FoundCondValue, 6708 bool Inverse) { 6709 MarkPendingLoopPredicate Mark(FoundCondValue, PendingLoopPredicates); 6710 if (Mark.Pending) 6711 return false; 6712 6713 // Recursively handle And and Or conditions. 6714 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) { 6715 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 6716 if (!Inverse) 6717 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 6718 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 6719 } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 6720 if (Inverse) 6721 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 6722 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 6723 } 6724 } 6725 6726 ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue); 6727 if (!ICI) return false; 6728 6729 // Bail if the ICmp's operands' types are wider than the needed type 6730 // before attempting to call getSCEV on them. This avoids infinite 6731 // recursion, since the analysis of widening casts can require loop 6732 // exit condition information for overflow checking, which would 6733 // lead back here. 6734 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) < 6735 getTypeSizeInBits(ICI->getOperand(0)->getType())) 6736 return false; 6737 6738 // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls 6739 // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for. 6740 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred; 6741 if (Inverse) 6742 FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate(); 6743 else 6744 FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate(); 6745 6746 const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0)); 6747 const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1)); 6748 6749 // Balance the types. The case where FoundLHS' type is wider than 6750 // LHS' type is checked for above. 6751 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > 6752 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) { 6753 if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) { 6754 FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 6755 FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 6756 } else { 6757 FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 6758 FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 6759 } 6760 } 6761 6762 // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have 6763 // canonicalized the comparison. 6764 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS)) 6765 if (LHS == RHS) 6766 return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 6767 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6768 if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS) 6769 return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred); 6770 6771 // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match. 6772 if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) { 6773 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6774 std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6775 FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred); 6776 } else { 6777 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6778 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6779 } 6780 } 6781 6782 // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate. 6783 if (FoundPred == Pred) 6784 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6785 6786 // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the 6787 // desired predicate. 6788 if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) { 6789 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 6790 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS); 6791 else 6792 return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), 6793 RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6794 } 6795 6796 // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges. 6797 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && 6798 (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) { 6799 6800 const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr; 6801 const SCEV *V = nullptr; 6802 6803 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) { 6804 C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS); 6805 V = FoundRHS; 6806 } else { 6807 C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS); 6808 V = FoundLHS; 6809 } 6810 6811 // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range 6812 // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t). The 6813 // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the 6814 // predicate we're interested in folding. 6815 6816 APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ? 6817 getSignedRange(V).getSignedMin() : getUnsignedRange(V).getUnsignedMin(); 6818 6819 if (Min == C->getValue()->getValue()) { 6820 // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1). 6821 // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of 6822 // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)). 6823 6824 APInt SharperMin = Min + 1; 6825 6826 switch (Pred) { 6827 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6828 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6829 // We know V `Pred` SharperMin. If this implies LHS `Pred` 6830 // RHS, we're done. 6831 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, 6832 getConstant(SharperMin))) 6833 return true; 6834 6835 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6836 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6837 // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min || 6838 // V == Min). We know from the guarding condition that !(V 6839 // == Min). This gives us 6840 // 6841 // V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min) 6842 // => V `Pred` Min 6843 // 6844 // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done. 6845 6846 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min))) 6847 return true; 6848 6849 default: 6850 // No change 6851 break; 6852 } 6853 } 6854 } 6855 6856 // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient. 6857 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) 6858 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 6859 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6860 return true; 6861 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) 6862 if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred)) 6863 if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6864 return true; 6865 6866 // Otherwise assume the worst. 6867 return false; 6868 } 6869 6870 /// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred, 6871 /// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS, 6872 /// and FoundRHS is true. 6873 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6874 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6875 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 6876 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 6877 return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6878 FoundLHS, FoundRHS) || 6879 // ~x < ~y --> x > y 6880 isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6881 getNotSCEV(FoundRHS), 6882 getNotSCEV(FoundLHS)); 6883 } 6884 6885 6886 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr 6887 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) { 6888 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr); 6889 if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr; 6890 6891 const SCEVConstant *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0)); 6892 if (!(AddLHS && AddLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue())) 6893 return nullptr; 6894 6895 const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1)); 6896 if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr; 6897 6898 const SCEVConstant *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRHS->getOperand(0)); 6899 if (!(MulLHS && MulLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue())) 6900 return nullptr; 6901 6902 return AddRHS->getOperand(1); 6903 } 6904 6905 6906 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values? 6907 template<typename MaxExprType> 6908 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr, 6909 const SCEV *Candidate) { 6910 const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr); 6911 if (!MaxExpr) return false; 6912 6913 auto It = std::find(MaxExpr->op_begin(), MaxExpr->op_end(), Candidate); 6914 return It != MaxExpr->op_end(); 6915 } 6916 6917 6918 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values? 6919 template<typename MaxExprType> 6920 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE, 6921 const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr, 6922 const SCEV *Candidate) { 6923 const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr); 6924 if (!MaybeMaxExpr) 6925 return false; 6926 6927 return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate)); 6928 } 6929 6930 6931 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max 6932 /// expression? 6933 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE, 6934 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6935 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6936 switch (Pred) { 6937 default: 6938 return false; 6939 6940 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6941 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6942 // fall through 6943 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6944 return 6945 // min(A, ...) <= A 6946 IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) || 6947 // A <= max(A, ...) 6948 IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS); 6949 6950 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6951 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6952 // fall through 6953 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6954 return 6955 // min(A, ...) <= A 6956 IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) || 6957 // A <= max(A, ...) 6958 IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS); 6959 } 6960 6961 llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!"); 6962 } 6963 6964 /// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by 6965 /// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, 6966 /// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true. 6967 bool 6968 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6969 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6970 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 6971 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 6972 auto IsKnownPredicateFull = 6973 [this](ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6974 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) || 6975 IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS); 6976 }; 6977 6978 switch (Pred) { 6979 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6980 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6981 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 6982 if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS)) 6983 return true; 6984 break; 6985 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6986 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6987 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6988 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6989 return true; 6990 break; 6991 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6992 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6993 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6994 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6995 return true; 6996 break; 6997 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6998 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6999 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7000 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7001 return true; 7002 break; 7003 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 7004 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 7005 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7006 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7007 return true; 7008 break; 7009 } 7010 7011 return false; 7012 } 7013 7014 // Verify if an linear IV with positive stride can overflow when in a 7015 // less-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, the 7016 // stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 7017 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 7018 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 7019 if (NoWrap) return false; 7020 7021 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 7022 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1); 7023 7024 if (IsSigned) { 7025 APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(); 7026 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); 7027 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7028 .getSignedMax(); 7029 7030 // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow! 7031 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS); 7032 } 7033 7034 APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(); 7035 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); 7036 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7037 .getUnsignedMax(); 7038 7039 // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow! 7040 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS); 7041 } 7042 7043 // Verify if an linear IV with negative stride can overflow when in a 7044 // greater-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, 7045 // the stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 7046 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 7047 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 7048 if (NoWrap) return false; 7049 7050 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 7051 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1); 7052 7053 if (IsSigned) { 7054 APInt MinRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(); 7055 APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth); 7056 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7057 .getSignedMax(); 7058 7059 // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow! 7060 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS); 7061 } 7062 7063 APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(); 7064 APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth); 7065 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7066 .getUnsignedMax(); 7067 7068 // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow! 7069 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS); 7070 } 7071 7072 // Compute the backedge taken count knowing the interval difference, the 7073 // stride and presence of the equality in the comparison. 7074 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step, 7075 bool Equality) { 7076 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Step->getType(), 1); 7077 Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step) 7078 : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One)); 7079 return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step); 7080 } 7081 7082 /// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the 7083 /// specified less-than comparison will execute. If not computable, return 7084 /// CouldNotCompute. 7085 /// 7086 /// @param ControlsExit is true when the LHS < RHS condition directly controls 7087 /// the branch (loops exits only if condition is true). In this case, we can use 7088 /// NoWrapFlags to skip overflow checks. 7089 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 7090 ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7091 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 7092 bool ControlsExit) { 7093 // We handle only IV < Invariant 7094 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 7095 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7096 7097 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7098 7099 // Avoid weird loops 7100 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 7101 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7102 7103 bool NoWrap = ControlsExit && 7104 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 7105 7106 const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this); 7107 7108 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 7109 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 7110 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7111 7112 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 7113 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 7114 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 7115 // behaviors like the case of C language. 7116 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 7117 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7118 7119 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT 7120 : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 7121 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 7122 const SCEV *End = RHS; 7123 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS)) { 7124 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start); 7125 // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't 7126 // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to 7127 // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically 7128 if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) { 7129 APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue(); 7130 if (D.isNegative()) 7131 End = Start; 7132 } else 7133 End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) 7134 : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start); 7135 } 7136 7137 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false); 7138 7139 APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin() 7140 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin(); 7141 7142 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 7143 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 7144 7145 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 7146 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1) 7147 : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1); 7148 7149 // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only 7150 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start) 7151 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 7152 APInt MaxEnd = 7153 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(), Limit) 7154 : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(), Limit); 7155 7156 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 7157 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 7158 MaxBECount = BECount; 7159 else 7160 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart), 7161 getConstant(MinStride), false); 7162 7163 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 7164 MaxBECount = BECount; 7165 7166 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 7167 } 7168 7169 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 7170 ScalarEvolution::HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7171 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 7172 bool ControlsExit) { 7173 // We handle only IV > Invariant 7174 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 7175 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7176 7177 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7178 7179 // Avoid weird loops 7180 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 7181 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7182 7183 bool NoWrap = ControlsExit && 7184 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 7185 7186 const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this)); 7187 7188 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 7189 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 7190 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7191 7192 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 7193 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 7194 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 7195 // behaviors like the case of C language. 7196 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 7197 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7198 7199 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT 7200 : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 7201 7202 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 7203 const SCEV *End = RHS; 7204 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) { 7205 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start); 7206 // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't 7207 // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to 7208 // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically 7209 if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) { 7210 APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue(); 7211 if (!D.isNegative()) 7212 End = Start; 7213 } else 7214 End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) 7215 : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start); 7216 } 7217 7218 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false); 7219 7220 APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMax() 7221 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMax(); 7222 7223 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 7224 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 7225 7226 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 7227 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1) 7228 : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1); 7229 7230 // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only 7231 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End) 7232 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 7233 APInt MinEnd = 7234 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(), Limit) 7235 : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(), Limit); 7236 7237 7238 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 7239 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 7240 MaxBECount = BECount; 7241 else 7242 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd), 7243 getConstant(MinStride), false); 7244 7245 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 7246 MaxBECount = BECount; 7247 7248 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 7249 } 7250 7251 /// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that 7252 /// produce values in the specified constant range. Another way of looking at 7253 /// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in 7254 /// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't 7255 /// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 7256 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range, 7257 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 7258 if (Range.isFullSet()) // Infinite loop. 7259 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7260 7261 // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things. 7262 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart())) 7263 if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) { 7264 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end()); 7265 Operands[0] = SE.getConstant(SC->getType(), 0); 7266 const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(), 7267 getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW)); 7268 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec = 7269 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted)) 7270 return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange( 7271 Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE); 7272 // This is strange and shouldn't happen. 7273 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7274 } 7275 7276 // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices. 7277 // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions. 7278 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 7279 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i))) 7280 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7281 7282 7283 // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and 7284 // that the start element is zero. 7285 7286 // First check to see if the range contains zero. If not, the first 7287 // iteration exits. 7288 unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType()); 7289 if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0))) 7290 return SE.getConstant(getType(), 0); 7291 7292 if (isAffine()) { 7293 // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation: 7294 // Solve {0,+,A} in Range === Ax in Range 7295 7296 // We know that zero is in the range. If A is positive then we know that 7297 // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value. 7298 // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop 7299 // value. Also note that we already checked for a full range. 7300 APInt One(BitWidth,1); 7301 APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue(); 7302 APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower(); 7303 7304 // The exit value should be (End+A)/A. 7305 APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A); 7306 ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal); 7307 7308 // Evaluate at the exit value. If we really did fall out of the valid 7309 // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other 7310 // things must have happened. 7311 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE); 7312 if (Range.contains(Val->getValue())) 7313 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 7314 7315 // Ensure that the previous value is in the range. This is a sanity check. 7316 assert(Range.contains( 7317 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 7318 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) && 7319 "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!"); 7320 return SE.getConstant(ExitValue); 7321 } else if (isQuadratic()) { 7322 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the 7323 // quadratic equation to solve it. To do this, we must frame our problem in 7324 // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when 7325 // Range.getUpper() is crossed. 7326 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end()); 7327 NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper())); 7328 const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), 7329 // getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) 7330 FlagAnyWrap); 7331 7332 // Next, solve the constructed addrec 7333 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 7334 SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE); 7335 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 7336 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 7337 if (R1) { 7338 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 7339 if (ConstantInt *CB = 7340 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 7341 R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) { 7342 if (CB->getZExtValue() == false) 7343 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 7344 7345 // Make sure the root is not off by one. The returned iteration should 7346 // not be in the range, but the previous one should be. When solving 7347 // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2. 7348 ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 7349 R1->getValue(), 7350 SE); 7351 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) { 7352 // The next iteration must be out of the range... 7353 ConstantInt *NextVal = 7354 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1); 7355 7356 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 7357 if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 7358 return SE.getConstant(NextVal); 7359 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 7360 } 7361 7362 // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value. Make 7363 // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case. 7364 ConstantInt *NextVal = 7365 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1); 7366 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 7367 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 7368 return R1; 7369 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 7370 } 7371 } 7372 } 7373 7374 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7375 } 7376 7377 namespace { 7378 struct FindUndefs { 7379 bool Found; 7380 FindUndefs() : Found(false) {} 7381 7382 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7383 if (const SCEVUnknown *C = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 7384 if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue())) 7385 Found = true; 7386 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) { 7387 if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue())) 7388 Found = true; 7389 } 7390 7391 // Keep looking if we haven't found it yet. 7392 return !Found; 7393 } 7394 bool isDone() const { 7395 // Stop recursion if we have found an undef. 7396 return Found; 7397 } 7398 }; 7399 } 7400 7401 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value. 7402 static inline bool 7403 containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) { 7404 FindUndefs F; 7405 SCEVTraversal<FindUndefs> ST(F); 7406 ST.visitAll(S); 7407 7408 return F.Found; 7409 } 7410 7411 namespace { 7412 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions. 7413 struct SCEVCollectStrides { 7414 ScalarEvolution &SE; 7415 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides; 7416 7417 SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S) 7418 : SE(SE), Strides(S) {} 7419 7420 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7421 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) 7422 Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)); 7423 return true; 7424 } 7425 bool isDone() const { return false; } 7426 }; 7427 7428 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions. 7429 struct SCEVCollectTerms { 7430 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms; 7431 7432 SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) 7433 : Terms(T) {} 7434 7435 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7436 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 7437 if (!containsUndefs(S)) 7438 Terms.push_back(S); 7439 7440 // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands. 7441 return false; 7442 } 7443 7444 // Keep looking. 7445 return true; 7446 } 7447 bool isDone() const { return false; } 7448 }; 7449 } 7450 7451 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. 7452 void SCEVAddRecExpr::collectParametricTerms( 7453 ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) const { 7454 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides; 7455 SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(SE, Strides); 7456 visitAll(this, StrideCollector); 7457 7458 DEBUG({ 7459 dbgs() << "Strides:\n"; 7460 for (const SCEV *S : Strides) 7461 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 7462 }); 7463 7464 for (const SCEV *S : Strides) { 7465 SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms); 7466 visitAll(S, TermCollector); 7467 } 7468 7469 DEBUG({ 7470 dbgs() << "Terms:\n"; 7471 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7472 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 7473 }); 7474 } 7475 7476 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7477 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms, 7478 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) { 7479 int Last = Terms.size() - 1; 7480 const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last]; 7481 7482 // End of recursion. 7483 if (Last == 0) { 7484 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) { 7485 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs; 7486 for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands()) 7487 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 7488 Qs.push_back(Op); 7489 7490 Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs); 7491 } 7492 7493 Sizes.push_back(Step); 7494 return true; 7495 } 7496 7497 for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) { 7498 // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec. 7499 const SCEV *Q, *R; 7500 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R); 7501 7502 // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms. 7503 if (!R->isZero()) 7504 return false; 7505 7506 Term = Q; 7507 } 7508 7509 // Remove all SCEVConstants. 7510 Terms.erase(std::remove_if(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *E) { 7511 return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); 7512 }), 7513 Terms.end()); 7514 7515 if (Terms.size() > 0) 7516 if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes)) 7517 return false; 7518 7519 Sizes.push_back(Step); 7520 return true; 7521 } 7522 7523 namespace { 7524 struct FindParameter { 7525 bool FoundParameter; 7526 FindParameter() : FoundParameter(false) {} 7527 7528 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7529 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 7530 FoundParameter = true; 7531 // Stop recursion: we found a parameter. 7532 return false; 7533 } 7534 // Keep looking. 7535 return true; 7536 } 7537 bool isDone() const { 7538 // Stop recursion if we have found a parameter. 7539 return FoundParameter; 7540 } 7541 }; 7542 } 7543 7544 // Returns true when S contains at least a SCEVUnknown parameter. 7545 static inline bool 7546 containsParameters(const SCEV *S) { 7547 FindParameter F; 7548 SCEVTraversal<FindParameter> ST(F); 7549 ST.visitAll(S); 7550 7551 return F.FoundParameter; 7552 } 7553 7554 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter. 7555 static inline bool 7556 containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) { 7557 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7558 if (containsParameters(T)) 7559 return true; 7560 return false; 7561 } 7562 7563 // Return the number of product terms in S. 7564 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) { 7565 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) 7566 return Expr->getNumOperands(); 7567 return 1; 7568 } 7569 7570 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) { 7571 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T)) 7572 return nullptr; 7573 7574 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T)) 7575 return T; 7576 7577 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) { 7578 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors; 7579 for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands()) 7580 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 7581 Factors.push_back(Op); 7582 7583 return SE.getMulExpr(Factors); 7584 } 7585 7586 return T; 7587 } 7588 7589 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst. 7590 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) { 7591 Type *Ty; 7592 if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) 7593 Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType(); 7594 else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) 7595 Ty = Load->getType(); 7596 else 7597 return nullptr; 7598 7599 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty)); 7600 return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty); 7601 } 7602 7603 /// Second step of delinearization: compute the array dimensions Sizes from the 7604 /// set of Terms extracted from the memory access function of this SCEVAddRec. 7605 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms, 7606 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes, 7607 const SCEV *ElementSize) const { 7608 7609 if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize) 7610 return; 7611 7612 // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize 7613 // non parametric SCEVs. 7614 if (!containsParameters(Terms)) 7615 return; 7616 7617 DEBUG({ 7618 dbgs() << "Terms:\n"; 7619 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7620 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 7621 }); 7622 7623 // Remove duplicates. 7624 std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()); 7625 Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end()); 7626 7627 // Put larger terms first. 7628 std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7629 return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS); 7630 }); 7631 7632 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 7633 7634 // Divide all terms by the element size. 7635 for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) { 7636 const SCEV *Q, *R; 7637 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R); 7638 Term = Q; 7639 } 7640 7641 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms; 7642 7643 // Remove constant factors. 7644 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7645 if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(SE, T)) 7646 NewTerms.push_back(NewT); 7647 7648 DEBUG({ 7649 dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n"; 7650 for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms) 7651 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 7652 }); 7653 7654 if (NewTerms.empty() || 7655 !findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, NewTerms, Sizes)) { 7656 Sizes.clear(); 7657 return; 7658 } 7659 7660 // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element. 7661 Sizes.push_back(ElementSize); 7662 7663 DEBUG({ 7664 dbgs() << "Sizes:\n"; 7665 for (const SCEV *S : Sizes) 7666 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 7667 }); 7668 } 7669 7670 /// Third step of delinearization: compute the access functions for the 7671 /// Subscripts based on the dimensions in Sizes. 7672 void SCEVAddRecExpr::computeAccessFunctions( 7673 ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 7674 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) const { 7675 7676 // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function. 7677 if (Sizes.empty() || !this->isAffine()) 7678 return; 7679 7680 const SCEV *Res = this; 7681 int Last = Sizes.size() - 1; 7682 for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) { 7683 const SCEV *Q, *R; 7684 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R); 7685 7686 DEBUG({ 7687 dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n"; 7688 dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n"; 7689 dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n"; 7690 dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n"; 7691 dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n"; 7692 }); 7693 7694 Res = Q; 7695 7696 // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in 7697 // the array. 7698 if (i == Last) { 7699 7700 // Bail out if the remainder is too complex. 7701 if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) { 7702 Subscripts.clear(); 7703 Sizes.clear(); 7704 return; 7705 } 7706 7707 continue; 7708 } 7709 7710 // Record the access function for the current subscript. 7711 Subscripts.push_back(R); 7712 } 7713 7714 // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be 7715 // the access function of the innermost dimension. 7716 Subscripts.push_back(Res); 7717 7718 std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end()); 7719 7720 DEBUG({ 7721 dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n"; 7722 for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts) 7723 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 7724 }); 7725 } 7726 7727 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and 7728 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that 7729 /// is the offset start of the array. The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes 7730 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub 7731 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the 7732 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride. When 7733 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged. 7734 /// 7735 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest 7736 /// 7737 /// void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) { 7738 /// 7739 /// for (long i = 0; i < n; i++) 7740 /// for (long j = 0; j < m; j++) 7741 /// for (long k = 0; k < o; k++) 7742 /// A[i][j][k] = 1.0; 7743 /// } 7744 /// 7745 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV: 7746 /// 7747 /// AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k> 7748 /// 7749 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A 7750 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in 7751 /// the loops: 7752 /// 7753 /// CHECK: Base offset: %A 7754 /// 7755 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of 7756 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening: 7757 /// 7758 /// CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes. 7759 /// 7760 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are 7761 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when 7762 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that 7763 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known 7764 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8. 7765 /// 7766 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference 7767 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase: 7768 /// 7769 /// CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>] 7770 /// 7771 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass: 7772 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function 7773 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing 7774 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results. 7775 7776 void SCEVAddRecExpr::delinearize(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7777 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 7778 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes, 7779 const SCEV *ElementSize) const { 7780 // First step: collect parametric terms. 7781 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms; 7782 collectParametricTerms(SE, Terms); 7783 7784 if (Terms.empty()) 7785 return; 7786 7787 // Second step: find subscript sizes. 7788 SE.findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize); 7789 7790 if (Sizes.empty()) 7791 return; 7792 7793 // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript. 7794 computeAccessFunctions(SE, Subscripts, Sizes); 7795 7796 if (Subscripts.empty()) 7797 return; 7798 7799 DEBUG({ 7800 dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *this << "\n"; 7801 dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]"; 7802 for (const SCEV *S : Sizes) 7803 dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]"; 7804 7805 dbgs() << "\nArrayRef"; 7806 for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts) 7807 dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]"; 7808 dbgs() << "\n"; 7809 }); 7810 } 7811 7812 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7813 // SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation 7814 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7815 7816 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() { 7817 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 7818 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr())) 7819 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7820 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(getValPtr()); 7821 // this now dangles! 7822 } 7823 7824 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) { 7825 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 7826 7827 // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value, 7828 // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new 7829 // value. 7830 Value *Old = getValPtr(); 7831 SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end()); 7832 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited; 7833 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 7834 User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 7835 // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone 7836 // that until everything else is done. 7837 if (U == Old) 7838 continue; 7839 if (!Visited.insert(U).second) 7840 continue; 7841 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) 7842 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7843 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(U); 7844 Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end()); 7845 } 7846 // Delete the Old value. 7847 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old)) 7848 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7849 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(Old); 7850 // this now dangles! 7851 } 7852 7853 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se) 7854 : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {} 7855 7856 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7857 // ScalarEvolution Class Implementation 7858 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7859 7860 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution() 7861 : FunctionPass(ID), ValuesAtScopes(64), LoopDispositions(64), 7862 BlockDispositions(64), FirstUnknown(nullptr) { 7863 initializeScalarEvolutionPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); 7864 } 7865 7866 bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) { 7867 this->F = &F; 7868 AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F); 7869 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>(); 7870 DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); 7871 DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; 7872 TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); 7873 DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); 7874 return false; 7875 } 7876 7877 void ScalarEvolution::releaseMemory() { 7878 // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their 7879 // destructors, so that they release their references to their values. 7880 for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U; U = U->Next) 7881 U->~SCEVUnknown(); 7882 FirstUnknown = nullptr; 7883 7884 ValueExprMap.clear(); 7885 7886 // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event 7887 // that a loop had multiple computable exits. 7888 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 7889 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); 7890 I != E; ++I) { 7891 I->second.clear(); 7892 } 7893 7894 assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage"); 7895 7896 BackedgeTakenCounts.clear(); 7897 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear(); 7898 ValuesAtScopes.clear(); 7899 LoopDispositions.clear(); 7900 BlockDispositions.clear(); 7901 UnsignedRanges.clear(); 7902 SignedRanges.clear(); 7903 UniqueSCEVs.clear(); 7904 SCEVAllocator.Reset(); 7905 } 7906 7907 void ScalarEvolution::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { 7908 AU.setPreservesAll(); 7909 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); 7910 AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfo>(); 7911 AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); 7912 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfo>(); 7913 } 7914 7915 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 7916 return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L)); 7917 } 7918 7919 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE, 7920 const Loop *L) { 7921 // Print all inner loops first 7922 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 7923 PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I); 7924 7925 OS << "Loop "; 7926 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7927 OS << ": "; 7928 7929 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks; 7930 L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); 7931 if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1) 7932 OS << "<multiple exits> "; 7933 7934 if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) { 7935 OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L); 7936 } else { 7937 OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. "; 7938 } 7939 7940 OS << "\n" 7941 "Loop "; 7942 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7943 OS << ": "; 7944 7945 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) { 7946 OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 7947 } else { 7948 OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. "; 7949 } 7950 7951 OS << "\n"; 7952 } 7953 7954 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const { 7955 // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print 7956 // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing 7957 // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though, 7958 // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't 7959 // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the 7960 // const isn't dangerous. 7961 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 7962 7963 OS << "Classifying expressions for: "; 7964 F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7965 OS << "\n"; 7966 for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I) 7967 if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) { 7968 OS << *I << '\n'; 7969 OS << " --> "; 7970 const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I); 7971 SV->print(OS); 7972 7973 const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor((*I).getParent()); 7974 7975 const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L); 7976 if (AtUse != SV) { 7977 OS << " --> "; 7978 AtUse->print(OS); 7979 } 7980 7981 if (L) { 7982 OS << "\t\t" "Exits: "; 7983 const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop()); 7984 if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) { 7985 OS << "<<Unknown>>"; 7986 } else { 7987 OS << *ExitValue; 7988 } 7989 } 7990 7991 OS << "\n"; 7992 } 7993 7994 OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: "; 7995 F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7996 OS << "\n"; 7997 for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI->begin(), E = LI->end(); I != E; ++I) 7998 PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I); 7999 } 8000 8001 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 8002 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8003 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values = LoopDispositions[S]; 8004 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 8005 if (Values[u].first == L) 8006 return Values[u].second; 8007 } 8008 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, LoopVariant)); 8009 LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L); 8010 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S]; 8011 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 8012 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 8013 Values2[u - 1].second = D; 8014 break; 8015 } 8016 } 8017 return D; 8018 } 8019 8020 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 8021 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8022 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 8023 case scConstant: 8024 return LoopInvariant; 8025 case scTruncate: 8026 case scZeroExtend: 8027 case scSignExtend: 8028 return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L); 8029 case scAddRecExpr: { 8030 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 8031 8032 // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable. 8033 if (AR->getLoop() == L) 8034 return LoopComputable; 8035 8036 // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop). 8037 if (!L) 8038 return LoopVariant; 8039 8040 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop. 8041 if (L->contains(AR->getLoop())) 8042 return LoopVariant; 8043 8044 // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L. 8045 if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L)) 8046 return LoopInvariant; 8047 8048 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands 8049 // are variant. 8050 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end(); 8051 I != E; ++I) 8052 if (!isLoopInvariant(*I, L)) 8053 return LoopVariant; 8054 8055 // Otherwise it's loop-invariant. 8056 return LoopInvariant; 8057 } 8058 case scAddExpr: 8059 case scMulExpr: 8060 case scUMaxExpr: 8061 case scSMaxExpr: { 8062 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 8063 bool HasVarying = false; 8064 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 8065 I != E; ++I) { 8066 LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(*I, L); 8067 if (D == LoopVariant) 8068 return LoopVariant; 8069 if (D == LoopComputable) 8070 HasVarying = true; 8071 } 8072 return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant; 8073 } 8074 case scUDivExpr: { 8075 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 8076 LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L); 8077 if (LD == LoopVariant) 8078 return LoopVariant; 8079 LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L); 8080 if (RD == LoopVariant) 8081 return LoopVariant; 8082 return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ? 8083 LoopInvariant : LoopComputable; 8084 } 8085 case scUnknown: 8086 // All non-instruction values are loop invariant. All instructions are loop 8087 // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop. 8088 // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body 8089 // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop". 8090 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) 8091 return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant; 8092 return LoopInvariant; 8093 case scCouldNotCompute: 8094 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 8095 } 8096 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 8097 } 8098 8099 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8100 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant; 8101 } 8102 8103 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8104 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable; 8105 } 8106 8107 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 8108 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8109 SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values = BlockDispositions[S]; 8110 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 8111 if (Values[u].first == BB) 8112 return Values[u].second; 8113 } 8114 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock)); 8115 BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB); 8116 SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S]; 8117 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 8118 if (Values2[u - 1].first == BB) { 8119 Values2[u - 1].second = D; 8120 break; 8121 } 8122 } 8123 return D; 8124 } 8125 8126 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 8127 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8128 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 8129 case scConstant: 8130 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8131 case scTruncate: 8132 case scZeroExtend: 8133 case scSignExtend: 8134 return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB); 8135 case scAddRecExpr: { 8136 // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query 8137 // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which 8138 // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly 8139 // dominates its entire containing block. 8140 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 8141 if (!DT->dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB)) 8142 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8143 } 8144 // FALL THROUGH into SCEVNAryExpr handling. 8145 case scAddExpr: 8146 case scMulExpr: 8147 case scUMaxExpr: 8148 case scSMaxExpr: { 8149 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 8150 bool Proper = true; 8151 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 8152 I != E; ++I) { 8153 BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(*I, BB); 8154 if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock) 8155 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8156 if (D == DominatesBlock) 8157 Proper = false; 8158 } 8159 return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 8160 } 8161 case scUDivExpr: { 8162 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 8163 const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS(); 8164 BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB); 8165 if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 8166 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8167 BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB); 8168 if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 8169 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8170 return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ? 8171 ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 8172 } 8173 case scUnknown: 8174 if (Instruction *I = 8175 dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) { 8176 if (I->getParent() == BB) 8177 return DominatesBlock; 8178 if (DT->properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB)) 8179 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8180 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8181 } 8182 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8183 case scCouldNotCompute: 8184 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 8185 } 8186 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 8187 } 8188 8189 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8190 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock; 8191 } 8192 8193 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8194 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8195 } 8196 8197 namespace { 8198 // Search for a SCEV expression node within an expression tree. 8199 // Implements SCEVTraversal::Visitor. 8200 struct SCEVSearch { 8201 const SCEV *Node; 8202 bool IsFound; 8203 8204 SCEVSearch(const SCEV *N): Node(N), IsFound(false) {} 8205 8206 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 8207 IsFound |= (S == Node); 8208 return !IsFound; 8209 } 8210 bool isDone() const { return IsFound; } 8211 }; 8212 } 8213 8214 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const { 8215 SCEVSearch Search(Op); 8216 visitAll(S, Search); 8217 return Search.IsFound; 8218 } 8219 8220 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) { 8221 ValuesAtScopes.erase(S); 8222 LoopDispositions.erase(S); 8223 BlockDispositions.erase(S); 8224 UnsignedRanges.erase(S); 8225 SignedRanges.erase(S); 8226 8227 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 8228 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); I != E; ) { 8229 BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second; 8230 if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) { 8231 BEInfo.clear(); 8232 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(I++); 8233 } 8234 else 8235 ++I; 8236 } 8237 } 8238 8239 typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap; 8240 8241 /// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurrences of From in Str with To. 8242 static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) { 8243 size_t Pos = 0; 8244 while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) { 8245 Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size()); 8246 Pos += To.size(); 8247 } 8248 } 8249 8250 /// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis. 8251 static void 8252 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 8253 for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8254 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse. 8255 8256 std::string &S = Map[L]; 8257 if (S.empty()) { 8258 raw_string_ostream OS(S); 8259 SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS); 8260 8261 // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops. 8262 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0"); 8263 // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile. 8264 // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them. 8265 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", ""); 8266 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", ""); 8267 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", ""); 8268 } 8269 } 8270 } 8271 8272 void ScalarEvolution::verifyAnalysis() const { 8273 if (!VerifySCEV) 8274 return; 8275 8276 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 8277 8278 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches. 8279 // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings, 8280 // but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches. 8281 VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew; 8282 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I) 8283 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE); 8284 8285 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops without using 8286 // SCEV's caches. 8287 SE.releaseMemory(); 8288 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I) 8289 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE); 8290 8291 // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows 8292 // verifying that no pass changed the cache. 8293 assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() && 8294 "New loops suddenly appeared!"); 8295 8296 for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(), 8297 OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(), 8298 NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin(); 8299 OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) { 8300 assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!"); 8301 8302 // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count 8303 // changes. 8304 // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This 8305 // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is 8306 // usually not harmful. 8307 if (OldI->second != NewI->second && 8308 OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 8309 NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 8310 OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" && 8311 NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") { 8312 dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '" 8313 << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName() 8314 << "' changed from '" << OldI->second 8315 << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n"; 8316 std::abort(); 8317 } 8318 } 8319 8320 // TODO: Verify more things. 8321 } 8322